gineering 6 201 · THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2015-16 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 3 A 3 Curriculum The time-tabled student

2015/2

016 H

igh

er D

iplo

ma in

Ele

ctric

al E

ngin

eerin

g (4

1373)

HD

in

Ele

ctr

ical

En

gin

ee

rin

g

20

15

— 2

01

6

Higher Diploma

in Electrical Engineering

Full-time

Programme Code: 41373

DEFINITIVE PROGRAMME DOCUMENT

Aug 2015

Department of

Electrical Engineering

機工程學系

i

HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2015-16

CONTENTS PAGE

(A) Introduction

A1 Preamble 1

A2 General Information 1

A3 Curriculum 3

A4 Progression Pattern 7

(B) Philosophy and Objectives

B1 Programme Philosophy 13

B2 Programme Objectives 13

B3 Programme Outcomes 14

B4 Subjects Support to Programme Outcomes 18

(C) Educational and Assessment Methodologies

C1 Teaching and Learning 19

C2 Industrial Centre (IC) Training 21

C3 Electronic Student Feedback Questionnaire (eSFQ) 22

(D) Admission, Registration and Assessment

D1 Admission/Registration 23

D2 Concurrent Enrolment 23

D3 Subject Registration and Withdrawal 23

D4 Study Load 24

D5 Subject Exemption 24

ii

D6 Credit Transfer 25

D7 Deferment of Study 25

D8 General Assessment Regulations 25

D9 Principles of Assessment 26

D10 Assessment Methods 26

D11 Progression/Academic Probation/Deregistration 27

D12 Retaking of Subjects 28

D13 Absence from an assessment component 28

D14 Aegrotat Award 29

D15 Grading 29

D16 Different types of GPA 32

D17 Compulsory graduation 34

D18 Guidelines for award classification 34

D19 Classification of Awards 35

D20 Examination result announcements, transcripts, testimonial

and references 35

D21 Recording of disciplinary actions in students’ records 36

Appendix I Subject Description Forms

"This Definitive Programme Document is subject to review and changes

which the programme offering Department can decide to make from time to

time. Students will be informed of the changes as and when appropriate."

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2015-16

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

1

PART A : INTRODUCTION

A 1 Preamble

A 1.1 PROGRAMME AIMS

The programme aims to provide the students with a sound education in electrical engineering.

The programme is designed to produce engineering technologists/technicians who will be able to

practice electrical engineering with competence in Hong Kong, China and the neighboring

regions. The programme emphasizes on foundation level knowledge and its applications,

practical skills, problem-solving ability, and team-work spirit.

This two year Higher Diploma (HD) Programme aligns its intake with the graduates coming from

the New Senior Secondary Curriculum (NSS). It also paves the way for graduates to further

study for a professional qualification. Graduates will be able to obtain up to two years of

exemption from study of a four-year Honors degree programme of a similar discipline.

A 2 General Information

A 2.1 PROGRAMME CODE AND TITLE

41373 - Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering

A 2.2 DURATION AND MODE OF ATTENDANCE

Normally 2 years Full-time. The maximum period of registration is 4 years.

A 2.3 FINAL AWARD

Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering

A 2.4 IMPLEMENTATION DATE

Since September 2012



2

A 2.5 MINIMUM ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS

For those applying on the basis of HKDSE, the candidate should satisfy the University's General

Entrance Requirements of 5 HKDSE subjects at Level 2 including English Language and

Chinese Language. There is no compulsory subject requirement. Preferred elective subjects for

the programme include:

Mathematics;

Extended modules of Mathematics;

Information & Communication Technology;

Physics, Biology, Chemistry, and Combined Science.

For those applying on the basis of HKALE, the subject requirements are:

HKALE Grade E or above in 1 of the following subjects: Physics; Engineering Science; Pure

Mathematics; Applied Mathematics; Chemistry and Computer Studies; OR

HKALE (AS-Level) Grade E or above in 2 of the following subjects: Physics; Design &

Technology; Mathematics & Statistics; Applied Mathematics; Chemistry; Computer

Applications and Electronics;

PLUS

Satisfying the English Language requirement.

For those applying on the basis of a relevant local qualification, the specified qualifications are:

Diploma in Electrical Engineering or equivalent; OR

Higher Certificate in Electrical Engineering or equivalent.



3

A 3 Curriculum

The time-tabled student hours for each subject and the type of activity (lecture [Lt], tutorial [Tu] and

laboratory [Lab]) are given in the Table A3.1, A3.2 and A3.3. The abbreviations used in these tables are:

AMA Applied Mathematics AP Applied Physics

CBS Chinese & Bilingual Studies EE Electrical Engineering

ELC English Language Centre ENG Engineering Faculty

IC Industrial Centre

Subjects are referenced by a Departmental prefix (e.g. EE corresponds to Electrical Engineering)

followed by a reference number. Each subject is also categorised as non-deferrable (Non-Def) or

deferrable (Def). In the reference numbers, the first digit (i.e. 1,2,3 or 4) indicates the level of the

subject.

‘Non-def’ are those subjects which form the backbone of the vertical integration must be taken by every

student in the prescribed semester, unless prevented from doing so due to non-compliance with

prerequisites.

‘Def’ are those subjects which must be satisfactorily completed before the student becomes eligible for

an award but the timing of the subject is determined by the student. Tables in Section A4 show the times

(semester) in which these subjects are recommended to be taken if the programmes are to be completed

in the minimum time.



4

Table A3.1

@

For students who have not attained Level 2 in HKDSE Physics or Combined Science (with a component in Physics)

* Students will take these subjects based on their HKDSE Chinese Language / English Language results

Level 0 and 1

Curriculum

Assessment Method

Teaching

Department

Contact

Hours Credits

GPA

Weight

(Wi) Subject

Code Subject Title Lt/Tu Lab

Continuous

Assessment Exam

Non Def Subjects

AMA1110 Basic Mathematics I –

Calculus and Probability &

Statistics

AMA 39 - 3 0.2 50% 50%

AMA1120 Basic Mathematics II –

Calculus and Linear

Algebra

AMA 39 - 3 0.2 50% 50%

AP10001 Introduction to Physics@ AP 39 - 3 0.2 40% 60%

AP10008 University Physics I AP 39 - 3 0.2 40% 60%

AP10009 University Physics II AP 39 - 3 0.2 40% 60%

CBS1101P Fundamentals of Chinese

Communication*

CBS 39 - 3 0.2 70% 30%

CBS1102P

CBS1103P

Advanced Communication

Skills in Chinese*

Fundamentals of Chinese

Communication for Higher

Diploma Students*

CBS

CBS

39

39

-

-

3

3

0.2

0.2

70%

70%

30%

30%

ELC1007 University English for

Higher Diploma Students I*

ELC 39 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC1008 University English for

Higher Diploma Students

II*

ELC 39 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC1011 Practical English for

University Studies*

ELC 39 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC1013

English for University

Studies*

ELC 39 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC1014 Advanced English for

University Studies*

ELC 39 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC2011 Advanced English Reading

and Writing Skills*

ELC 39 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC2012 Persuasive

Communication*

ELC 39 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC2013 English in Literature and

Film*

ELC 39 - 3 0.2 100% -

Depending

on the

subjects

taken

Cluster Areas Requirement

(CAR) subjects (subjects

taken must conform to the

University’s Cluster Area

Requirements specified in

Section A 3.1)

Various

departments

39 - 3 0.2 depending

on the

subjects

taken

depending

on the

subjects

taken



5

Level 2

Curriculum

Assessment Method

Teaching

Department

Contact

Hours Credits

GPA

Weight

(Wi) Subject

Code Subject Title

Lt/

Tu Lab

Continuous

Assessment Exam

Non Def Subjects

AMA2111 Mathematics I AMA 39 - 3 0.2 40% 60%

AMA2112 Mathematics II AMA 39 - 3 0.2 40% 60%

EE2002C Circuit Analysis EE 30 9 3 0.2 40% 60%

EE2003C Electronics EE 30 9 3 0.2 40% 60%

EE2004C Electrical Energy Systems

Fundamentals

EE 36 3 3 0.2 40% 60%

EE2007C Computer Systems

Fundamentals

EE 30 9 3 0.2 40% 60%

EE2009C Group Project EE - - 6 0.2 100% -

Def Subjects

ENG2002 Computer Programming ENG 39 - 3 0.2 100% -

Depending

on the

subjects

taken

Cluster Areas Requirement

(CAR) subjects (subjects

taken must conform to the

University’s Cluster Area

Requirements specified in

Section A 3.1)

Various

departments

39 - 3 0.2 depending

on the

subjects

taken

depending

on the

subjects

taken

IC Training

IC2105

IC2112

Engineering

Communication and

Fundamentals

IC Training I (EE)

IC

IC

111 hours

throughout

the year

112 hours

in Summer

4

Training

Credits

4

Training

Credits

-

-

100%

Assessed

and graded

100%

Assessed

and graded

-

-

Table A3.2



6

Level 3

Curriculum

Assessment

Method Teaching

Department

Contact

Hours Credits

GPA

Weight

(Wi) Subject

Code Subject Title

Lt/

Tu Lab

Continuous

Assessment Exam

Def Subjects

EE3002C Electromechanical Energy

Conversion

EE 33 6 3 0.3 40% 60%

EE3003C Power Electronics and

Drives

EE 33 6 3 0.3 40% 60%

EE3009C Electrical Services in

Buildings

EE 39 - 3 0.3 40% 60%

Table A3.3

A 3.1 CLUSTER AREA REQUIREMENTS (CAR)

To expand students’ intellectual capacity beyond their disciplinary domain and to enable them to

tackle professional and global issues from a multidisciplinary perspective, students are required

to successfully complete two 3-credit subjects within the following four Cluster Areas:

• Human Nature, Relations and Development (HRD)

• Community, Organisation and Globalisation (COG)

• History, Culture and World Views (HCW)

• Science, Technology and Environment (STE)

A list of CAR subjects under each of the four Cluster Areas is available at:

http://www.polyu.edu.hk/ogur/CAR-on-Offer.html

In addition, students are required to successfully complete a 3 credit CAR subject, designated as

“China-related”. The purpose is to enable students to gain an increased understanding of China

(e.g., its history, culture and society, as well as emerging issues or challenges). A list of

approved CAR subjects for meeting the China Studies Requirement is available at:

http://www.polyu.edu.hk/ogur/CAR-on-Offer.html



7

A 4 Progression Pattern

Student is advised to follow the curriculum below:

Year 1 – Semester 1 (Total 15 credits plus 1⅓ training credits)

Subject

Code

Subject Credits Criteria for taking different

subjects based on HKALE

results

Criteria for taking different

subjects based on HKDSE

results

AMA1110 Basic Mathematics I –

Calculus and

Probability & Statistics

3 Nil Nil

AP10008 University Physics I 3 Nil Nil

CAR Cluster Area

Requirement Subject

(see Section A3.1)

3 Nil Nil

EE2002C Circuit Analysis 3 Nil Nil

ENG2002 Computer

Programming

3 Nil Nil

IC2105 Engineering

Communication and

Fundamentals (111

hours throughout the

year)

1⅓

training

credits

(total 4

training

credits)

Nil Nil



8

Year 1 – Semester 2 (Total 12 credits plus 1⅓ training credits)

Subject

Code



results



results

AP10009 University Physics II 3 Nil Nil

CBS1103P Fundamentals of

Chinese

Communication for

Higher Diploma

Students

3

HKALE below Grade E HKDSE Level 2

CBS1101P Fundamentals of

Chinese

Communication

HKALE Grade D or Grade E HKDSE Level 3

CBS1102P Advanced

Communication Skills

in Chinese

HKALE Grade A/B/C HKDSE Level 4 /5 or above

EE2003C Electronics 3 Nil Nil

EE2007C Computer Systems

Fundamentals

3 Nil Nil

IC2105 Engineering

Communication and

Fundamentals (111


year)

1⅓

training

credits

(total 4

training

credits)

Nil Nil



9

Year 1 – Summer (Total 6 credits plus 5⅓ training credits)

Subject

Code



results



results

AMA1120 Basic Mathematics II –

Calculus and Linear

Algebra

3 Nil Nil

CAR (China

Related)

Cluster Area

Requirement - China

Related Subject (see

section A3.1)

3 Nil Nil

IC2112 IC Training I

(112 hours in Summer)

4 training

credits

Nil Nil

IC2105 Engineering

Communication and

Fundamentals (111


year)

1⅓

training

credits

(total 4

training

credits)

Nil Nil



10

Year 2 – Semester 1 (Total 15 credits)

Subject

Code

Subject Credits Criteria for taking Additional

Underpinning subjects -

HKALE student

Criteria for taking Additional


HKDSE student

AMA2111 Mathematics I 3 Nil Nil

ELC1007

University English for

Higher Diploma

Students I

3

Below Grade E in AL

English should take

ELC1007 & ELC1008

Level 2 in HKDSE English

should take ELC1007 &

ELC1008

ELC1011 Practical English for

University Studies

Grade E in AL English


ELC1013



ELC1013

ELC1013


Studies

Grade D in AL English


ELC1014



ELC1014

ELC1014

Advanced English for

University Studies

Grade C or above in AL

English should take

ELC1014 & 1 ELC elective

(ELC2011/12/13)

Level 5 or above in HKDSE

English should take ELC1014

& 1 ELC elective

(ELC2011/12/13)

EE2004C Electrical Energy

Systems Fundamentals

3 Nil Nil

EE2009C Group Project

(½ subject)

3 Nil Nil

EE3002C Electromechanical

Energy Conversion

3 Nil Nil



11

Year 2 – Semester 2 (Total 15 credits)

Subject

Code



HKALE student



HKDSE student

AMA2112 Mathematics II 3 Nil Nil

ELC1008

University English for

Higher Diploma

Students II

3

Below Grade E in AL


& ELC1008



ELC1008

ELC1013


Studies

Grade E in AL English


ELC1013



ELC1013

ELC1014

Advanced English for

University Studies

Grade D in AL English


ELC1014



ELC1014

ELC2011/12

/13(either

one of these

subjects)

Advanced English

Reading and Writing

Skills/

Persuasive

Communication/

English in Literature

and Film

Grade C or above in AL


& 1 ELC elective

(ELC2011/12/13)

Level 5 or above in HKDSE


& 1 ELC elective

(ELC2011/12/13)

EE2009C Group Project

(½ subject)

3 Nil Nil

EE3003C Power Electronics and

Drives

3 Nil Nil

EE3009C Electrical Services in

Buildings

3 Nil

Nil

Table A4.1



12

Additional Underpinning Subjects in Physics & Mathematics

Semester Subject

Code



HKALE student



HKDSE student

Year 1

Semester 1

AP10001 Introduction to

Physics

3 Without a Pass in HKALE

Physics or Engineering

Science, or HKALE(AS-

Level) Physics; AND without

a Pass in HKCEE Physics or

Engineering Science

Have not attained Level 2 or

above in HKDSE Physics or

Combined Science (with a

component in Physics)

Table A4.2

Total Credits required for Graduation

The total study credits is ranging from 63 – 66 (plus 8 training credits) depending on the students’

HKALE or HKDSE as students may be required to take extra subjects in Physics depending on their

entry qualifications.



13

Part B : PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES

B 1 Programme Philosophy

The Higher Diploma (HD) programme aims to provide the necessary balance of theoretical studies and

practical training to prepare students for a career as a higher technician or technician engineer in the field

of electrical engineering. Graduates from the programme are expected to be able to assume technical

positions to apply current technologies, make technical judgements, transfer and develop new tech-

nologies, and communicate clearly both in writing and orally at supervisory positions.

To achieve these aims, the programme is designed to consist of a balance of lectures/tutorials, laboratory

work, practical training in the Industrial Centre and a group project. The curriculum includes studies in

the main streams of electrical theory and is supported by mathematics, computing, electronics,

mechanical engineering, English, Chinese and general studies.

HD and the BEng programmes have a similar curriculum and syllabuses. This similarity of the HD

programme and the Degree programme is specially adopted in the Department to facilitate teaching and

student learning.

B 2 Programme Objectives

The programme objectives are as follows:

1. The program aims to provide HD students with a sound education in electrical engineering.

2. The program is designed to produce engineering technologist/technicians who will be able to

practice electrical engineering and related disciplines.

3. The programme emphasizes on foundation level knowledge, application techniques, practical skills,

problem solving ability, and team work spirit.

4. The programme also paves the way for graduates to further their study for a higher professional

qualification.



14

B 3 Programme Outcomes

To achieve the aims of producing higher technicians, the programme is designed to consist of a balance

of lectures/tutorials, practical laboratory work, practical workshop training in the Industrial Centre and

project. The curriculum includes studies in the mainstreams of electrical engineering supported by

mathematics, computing, electronics, English, Chinese and general studies.

The approach will highlight the importance of practical application of electrical theory, with more

emphasis being placed on applications. The workshop training and the laboratory training work will be

an important part of the curriculum and reference is regularly made whenever possible to supplement the

theoretical teaching in classrooms.

The University aspires to develop all its students as all-round graduates with professional competence,

and has identified a set of highly valued graduate attributes as the learning goals for students. While

many of these graduate attributes can be developed through the curricular activities of this programme,

some (including interest in local and international affairs, interpersonal skills, sense of social and

national responsibility, cultural appreciation, biliteracy and trilingualism, and entrepreneurship) will be

primarily addressed through co-curricular activities offered by faculties, departments, and various

teaching and learning support units of the University. Students are encouraged to make full use of such

opportunities to develop these attributes.

Following the University’s aim of producing all-rounded graduates with professional competence, the

Higher Diploma programme aims to develop students in the four main areas – to be a (i) competent

professional, (ii) creative problem solver, (iii) effective communicator, and (iv) educated global citizen.

Detail explanation of these areas is listed in Table B3.1



15

Competent Professionals - A1, A2, A3, & A4

A1

Professional Competence

Have a solid technical education in Electrical Engineering

based on the understanding of its fundamentals and its current

applications. Possess broad engineering knowledge to enable

the graduates to adapt, to change, and to satisfy likely career

diversions

A2

Practical Skills

Be able to apply modern experimental techniques and to be

practical minded. Aware of technical and non-technical

constraints

A3

Teamwork and Leadership

Possess social abilities including inter-personal/public

relations, team work, and social consciousness.

A4

Global Outlook and Lifelong

Learning

Possess an inquiring and innovative attitude thus encouraging

the individual to acknowledge the developments in Electrical

Engineering. To keep abreast of the developments in Electrical

Engineering and an appreciation and the desire for lifelong

learning.

B Creative Problem Solvers

Creative Thinking and

Problem Solving

Apply the fundamental principles to solve problems in the area

of Electrical Engineering and related disciplines. Possess

intellectual abilities including creative and critical thinking.

C Effective Communicators

Biliteracy, Trilingualism, &

Communication Skills

Language proficiency in English and Chinese to communicate

clearly via graphic, numeric, verbal and written media.

D Educated Global Citizens

Social Responsibilities Have awareness and understanding of the ethical and social

responsibilities of a technician engineer.

Table B3.1



16

The Programme Outcomes are in line with the Programme Objectives, and the corresponding mapping is

shown in table B3.2.

Programme Objectives

1 2 3 4

Programme

Outcomes

A1 √ √ √

A2 √ √

A3 √

A4 √

B √

C √ √

D √

Table B3.2

The Subject Learning Outcomes are designed to be in alignment with the Programme Outcomes. The

Subject Learning Outcomes are given in each subject and they can be found in the Subject Descriptions

Forms in Part E.

The programme and subject outcomes will be assessed in stages according to a Learning Outcomes

Assessment Plan (LOAP) adopted by the Departmental Learning and Teaching Committee.



17

Relationship between Institutional Learning Outcomes and Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO) of the

programme is shown in Table B3.3.

Institutional Learning Outcomes

Professional

competence

Critical

thinker

Effective

communicator

Innovative

problem

solver

Lifelong

learner

Ethical

leader

Programme

Outcomes

A1 √ √ √

A2 √ √ √

A3 √ √ √

A4 √ √

B √ √

C √

D √

Table B3.3 Relationship between Institutional Learning Outcomes and Intended Learning

Outcomes (ILO) of the programme



18

B 4 Subject Support to Programme Outcomes

Subjects Programme Outcomes

A1 A2 A3 A4 B C D

AMA1110 √ √

AMA1120 √ √

AMA2111 √ √

AMA2112 √ √

AP10001 √ √ √

AP10008 √ √ √

AP10009 √ √ √

CBS1101P √

CBS1102P √

CBS1103P √

EE2002C √ √

EE2003C √

EE2004C √ √ √ √

EE2007C √ √ √

EE2009C √ √ √ √ √ √

EE3002C √ √ √

EE3003C √

EE3009C √ √ √ √

ELC1007 √

ELC1008 √

ELC1011 √

ELC1013 √

ELC1014 √

ELC2011 √

ELC2012 √

ELC2013 √

ENG2002 √ √

CAR √ √ √

CAR (China related) √ √ √

IC2105 √

IC2112 √ √

Table B4.1

The above table illustrates how the subjects support the Programme Outcomes through the teaching activities,

practice on the part of students, and measurements.



19

Part C : Educational and Assessment Methodologies

C 1 Teaching and Learning

C 1.1 PHILOSOPHY

The philosophy has been to gradually introduce an approach in which the lecturers are

encouraged to "teach" less and the students to learn more. The Department's teaching approach is

being revised continuously so as to enhance the students' ability to find out and learn for

themselves.

Teaching methods for replacing the out-dated ‘chalk and talk' approach, or the ‘monologue'

lecturing style, with ‘interactive teaching’, are being further developed and promoted. It has

indeed been our Department Policy to regard it as one of the top priorities, together with research.

All of the classroom sessions are conducted as a combination of lecturing and tutoring, so that the

active participation of the student is realized at all times. Other teaching aids such as interactive

handouts, concept mapping, and computer aided learning software are also extensively utilized.

C 1.2 APPROACH USED

C 1.2.1 Teaching and Learning:

The approach is to wean students from rote-learning to self-study. The form of classroom

teaching, however, is changing to become much more stimulating, with more student

input expected. Tutorials are now integrated with the lectures, to give regular changes of

activity within the lecture period, and thus keeping the students interested, alert, and

participative.

The accepted philosophy is that ‘if we perform the mental work for the learner, we

reduce the learner’s investment in learning, thereby reducing performance’. The student

is encouraged and aided to adopt a ‘deep’ approach to study, which means that he should

try to understand the underlying meaning rather than try to remember the words and the

formulas, and to develop a critical awareness of the concepts being discussed and the

relationship of these to other concepts. Emphasis is placed on the student’s

understanding of the basic principles and concepts. Students are not allowed to lose sight

of the overall picture as a result of over-indulgence in mathematical details. Technical

assumptions made in developing and applying basic theory are stressed. Emphasis is

given to developing creativity and the ability to design. Students are not compelled to

memorize large amounts of facts and formulas (except fundamental ones). The import-

ance of problem solving in facilitating a full understanding of the topic is recognized.

However, problem solving is not treated merely as a means of employing mathematical

methods, but also for applying concepts. Problem solving is implemented extensively in



20

all aspects of the Programme. The students are encouraged to think around the subject

matter.

Handout notes are used extensively throughout the Programme, but it is generally

intended that these, in themselves, are incomplete. Students will need to fill out the

handouts before, during and after the lectures before the content can be regarded as

complete. In this way, and by requiring students to submit regular written reports, the

students develop their ability to write clearly and concisely.

From the outset, students are encouraged and provoked into taking an active role in the

learning process. The quality of a student’s answers to questions, and the quality of the

questions asked by the student, is evaluated to provide feedback throughout the

Programme in each subject. Towards the end of the 1st year, and throughout the

remainder of the Programme, it is the norm for students to give presentations of topics

within the syllabus in front of their peers. This not only encourages them to adopt a

self-study pattern, it also increases their self-confidence, their ability to argue from

fundamentals and stresses their need to study the subject matter in depth to be able to

answer questions from their peers.

C 1.2.2 Laboratory and Projects:

In the Programme, the laboratory work is integrated into each subject, as is the

assessment for the laboratory work. It is the subject-lecturer’s responsibility to ensure

that the laboratory work is being taken seriously by the students and to stimulate them by

gradually moving into open-ended experiments/tests and mini-projects with design

elements included.

Students are required to preview their laboratory assignments. As with lectures, the

process of generating a self-learning attitude is gradual. In the early part of the

Programme, laboratory sheets have fairly detailed instructions and students preview the

experiments by means of a ‘theory’ section in the experiment instruction sheet. As

students progress, less detailed information is presented and the student is expected to

read around the experiment and contribute their own ideas as to how the experiment

should be conducted.

Students are required to use log books for all experiments and to submit these and some

formal laboratory reports for assessment.

Essentially each student is required to undertake a project. The projects are designed to

be small group projects in which two or three students work on different aspects of a

more ambitious project, while taking care that individual students are still assigned

individual responsibility for their part of the work. This allows students to learn team

work and it enables more advanced projects to be undertaken. As part of the supervision

of the students’ project and laboratory work, they are guided to gain skills such as the

following:



21

1. Attention to detail and recognition that unless everything is done thoroughly,

completely and correctly, their design, product or process may well be useless.

2. Ability to apply scientific methods to their work. This involves the discipline of

keeping accurate and up-to-date records, to be constantly questioning both good and

unexpected results, knowing how to go about experimental procedures, how to set

up experiments and draw conclusions.

3. Recognition that they have to take personal responsibility for their work, to make

sure that there are no mistakes, and not to assume that someone else will check their

work.

4. Experience in working as part of a team, recognising that others can contribute

necessary complementary skills and experience.

C 2 Industrial Centre (IC) Training

Students are required to undertake practical training at the Industrial Centre of the Polytechnic

University, which is equivalent to 8 training credits. The training is scheduled partly during term time of

Year One and partly in the summer at the end of Year One to give students an appreciation, with some

practical involvement, of fitting, machining, electrical wiring, installation, and electronic/electrical

equipment manufacturing. Students would gain theoretical knowledge which they can relate to practical

applications. An appreciation of practical manufacturing processes is very important to enable the

students to apply their theoretical knowledge to practical problems after they graduate from the

Programme and start working in industry.

The following information with regard to IC training should be noted by all Higher Diploma Students:

These training credits will not be counted towards meeting the credit requirement for FT status of

students.

These training credits are not to be counted towards the credit requirement for award, but students

have to pass (i.e. obtaining Grade D or above) IC training in order to be considered for an award.

IC training will be graded at any time when an assessment is made. Only ONE aggregate grade would

be given for an academic year to sum up the performance of the student in IC training for that year.

If assessment of an IC subject completed in a particular academic year cannot be done in time for the

grade to be reported in that particular year, the grade has to be reported during Semester One of the

following academic year.

The results of IC training would not be counted towards the Weighted GPA which is used for

considering award classification.



22

The results of IC training would be counted towards GPA calculation, which is computed at the end

of every semester on the basis of the students' performance on all subjects taken since the start of their

studies.

C 3 Electronic Student Feedback Questionnaire (eSFQ)

The Student Feedback Questionnaire (eSFQ) is a system that PolyU uses to collect feedback from

students on teaching and learning. The eSFQ system is faculty-based, i.e., different faculties may have

slightly different policies, procedures, and eSFQ forms. However, the purposes, processing, and intended

uses of the eSFQ are essentially the same.

Under this system, students are asked to complete the eSFQ online/in class to provide feedback on their

experience of studying a subject. This eSFQ exercise normally takes place in the last few weeks of the

semester. However, for subjects that involve more than one teacher, it may take place earlier, when the

teaching of the particular lecturer comes to an end. Some lecturers may also use the mid-semester eSFQ

to solicit feedback from students so as to modify or adjust their teaching to improve learning for the

remaining weeks of the semester.

The PolyU values good teaching. We cherish the promotion of meaningful and relevant learning for our

students, and believe that both teachers and students have a shared responsibility to enhance learning.

Your feedback on teaching and learning will provide valuable information for us to assure the quality of

our programmes, identify the strengths and weaknesses of the existing teaching and learning

methodologies, and help us to improve the quality of teaching in the PolyU.



23

Part D: ADMISSION, REGISTRATION AND ASSESSMENT

D Admission, Registration and Assessment

The admission, registration and assessment arrangements described below, are in accordance with the

University policies and regulations for credit-based programmes which lead to an award of the

University, except where the Senate decides otherwise.

D 1 Admission/Registration

Students are normally admitted into the programme via the Joint University Programmes Admission

System (JUPAS) on a yearly basis. Non-JUPAS applicants are also considered on their academic merits,

as well as non-academic achievements.

D 2 Concurrent enrolment

Students are not permitted to enroll concurrently on two full-time/sandwich programmes, whether or not

one of the programmes is offered by another institution.

Except for programmes which do not lead to any formal award, students are not allowed to enrol

concurrently on a full-time/sandwich programme and a part-time programme, or on more than one part-

time programmes, including those offered by another institution, without permission from the Head(s) of

Department concerned.

D 3 Subject Registration and Withdrawal

In addition to programme registration, students need to register for the subjects at specified periods prior

to the commencement of the semester. An add/drop period will also be scheduled for each semester /

term. Students may apply for withdrawal of their registration on a subject after the add / drop period, if

they have a genuine need to do so. The application should be made to the relevant programme offering

Department and will require the approval of both the subject lecturer and the host department

Programme Leader concerned. Applications must be submitted 1 month before the commencement of

the examination period. For approved applications of subject withdrawal, the tuition fee paid for the

subject will be forfeited and the withdrawal status of the subject will be shown in the examination result

notification and transcript of studies, but will not be counted in the calculation of the GPA.



24

The pre-requisite requirements of a subject must have been fulfilled before a student registers for that

subject. However, the subject offering department has the discretion to waive the pre-requisite

requirements of a subject, if deemed appropriate. If the pre-requisite subject concerned forms part of the

requirements for award, the subject has to be passed in order to satisfy the graduation requirements for

the programme concerned, despite the waiving of the pre-requisite.

Subject to the maximum study load of 21 credits per semester and the availability of study places,

students are allowed to take additional subjects on top of the prescribed credit requirement for award

before they become eligible for graduation.

Students will be allowed to take additional subjects for broadening purpose, after they fulfill the

graduation requirements and for the following semester. However, they will still be subject to the

maximum study load of 21 credits per semester and the availability of places in the subjects concerned,

and their enrolment will be as subject-based students only.

D 4 Study Load

For students following the progression pattern specified for their programme, they have to take the

number of credits and subjects, as specified in the Definitive Programme Document, for each semester.

Students cannot drop those subjects assigned by the department unless prior approval has been given by

the department.

The normal study load is 15 credits in a semester. The maximum study load to be taken by a student in a

semester is 21 credits, unless exceptional approval is given by the Head of the programme offering

Department. For such cases, students should be reminded that the study load approved should not be

taken as grounds for academic appeal.

Students are not allowed to take zero subject in any semester, including the mandatory summer term as

required. Unless they have obtained prior approval from the department; otherwise they will be classified

as having unofficially withdrawn from their programme. Students who have been approved for zero

subject enrolment (i.e. taking zero subject in a semester) are allowed to retain their student status and

continue using campus facilities and library facilities. Any semester in which the students are allowed to

take zero subject will nevertheless be counted towards the maximum period of registration.

D 5 Subject Exemption

Students may be exempted from taking any specified subjects, including mandatory General University

Requirements (GUR) subjects, if they have successfully completed similar subjects previously in another

programme or have demonstrated the level of proficiency/ability to the satisfaction of the subject

offering Department. Subject exemption is normally decided by the subject offering Department.



25

D 6 Credit Transfer

Students may be given credits for recognized previous studies (including mandatory General University

Requirements (GUR) subjects), and the credits will be counted towards meeting the requirements for

award. Credit transfer normally will be done without the grade being carried over. Subject credit

transfer is normally decided by the subject offering Department.

Normally, not more than 50% of the credit requirement for award may be transferable from approved

institutions outside the University. For transfer of credits from programmes offered by PolyU, normally

not more than 67% of the credit requirement for award can be transferred. In cases where both types of

credits are being transferred (i.e. from programmes offered by PolyU and from approved institutions

outside the University), not more than 50% of the credit requirement for award may be transferred.

All credit transfers approved will take effect only in the semester for which they are approved. A student

who applies for transfer of credits during the re-enrolment or the add/drop period of a particular semester

will only be eligible for graduation at the end of that semester, even if the granting of credit transfer will

immediately enable the student to satisfy the credit requirement for the award.

D 7 Deferment of Study

Students may apply for deferment of study if they have a genuine need to do so such as illness.

Approval from the Department offering the programme is required. The deferment period will not be

counted towards the maximum period of registration.

Application for deferment of study will be entertained only in exceptional circumstances from students

who have not yet completed the first year of the programme.

Where the period of deferment of study begins during a stage for which fees have been paid, no refund

of such fees will be made.

Students who have been approved for deferment are not entitled to enjoy any campus facilities during the

deferment period.

D 8 General Assessment Regulations

The University’s General Assessment Regulations (GAR) applies to this Programme. The specific

assessment regulations are set out here, having been developed within the framework of the GAR.

Students’ progress by credit accumulation, i.e. credits earned by passing individual subjects can be

accumulated and counted towards the final award.



26

(a) Subject Level

A 'level' in a programme indicates the intellectual demand placed upon students and may characterize

each subject with respect to its recommended sequencing within that programme. Upper level

subjects should normally build on lower level subjects. Pre-requisite requirements, if any, must

therefore be spelt out on a subject basis.

A 'subject' is defined as a discrete section of the programme which is assigned a separate assessment.

A list of subjects, together with their level and weightings, shall be published in the definitive

programme document.

(b) Language of assessment

The language of assessment for all programmes/subjects shall be English, unless approval is given

for it to be otherwise.

D 9 Principles of Assessment

Assessment of learning and assessment for learning are both important for assuring the quality of student

learning. Assessment of learning is to evaluate whether students have achieved the intended learning

outcomes of the subjects that they have taken and have attained the overall learning outcomes of the

academic programme at the end of their study at a standard appropriate to the award. Appropriate

methods of assessment that align with the intended learning outcomes should be designed for this

purpose. The assessment methods will also enable the teacher to differentiate students’ different levels of

performance within the subject. Assessment for learning is to engage students in productive learning

activities through purposefully designed assessment tasks.

Assessment will also serve as feedback to students. The assessment criteria and standards should be

made explicit to students before the start of the assessment to facilitate student learning, and feedback

provided should link to the criteria and standards. Timely feedback should be provided to students so

that they are aware of their progress and attainment for the purpose of improvement.

The ultimate authority in the University for the confirmation of academic decisions is the Senate, but for

practical reasons, the Senate has delegated to the Faculty/School Boards the authority to confirm the

decisions of Boards of Examiners provided these are made within the framework of the General

Assessment Regulations. Recommendations from Board of Examiners which fall outside these

Regulations shall be ratified by the Academic Regulations Committee (ARC) and reported to the Senate.

D 10 Assessment Methods

Students' performance in a subject can be assessed by continuous assessment and/or examinations, at the

discretion of the individual subject offering Department. Where both continuous assessment and

examinations are used, the weighting of each in the overall subject grade shall be clearly stated in the

definitive programme document. The subject offering Department can decide whether students are



27

required to pass both the continuous assessment and examination components, or either component only,

in order to obtain a subject pass, but this requirement (to pass both, or either, components) shall be

specified in the Definite Programme Document. Learning outcome should be assessed by continuous

assessment and/or examination appropriately, in line with the outcome-based approach.

Continuous assessment may include tests, assignments, projects, laboratory work, field exercises,

presentations and other forms of classroom participation. Continuous Assessment assignments which

involve group work should nevertheless include some individual components therein. The contribution

made by each student in continuous assessment involving a group effort shall be determined and

assessed separately, and this can result in different grades being awarded to students in the same group.

Assessment methods and parameters of subjects shall be determined by the subject offering Department.

At the beginning of each semester, the subject teacher should inform students of the details of the

methods of assessments to be used, within the assessment framework as specified in the definitive

programme document.

D 11 Progression/Academic Probation/Deregistration

The Board of Examiners shall, at the end of each semester (except for Summer Term unless there are

students who are eligible to graduate after completion of Summer Term subjects), determine whether

each student is

(a) eligible for progression towards an award; or

(b) eligible for an award; or

(c) required to be deregistered from the programme.

When a student has a Grade Point Average (GPA) lower than 2.0, he will be put on academic probation

in the following semester. If a student is able to pull his GPA up to 2.0 or above at the end of the

semester, the status of "academic probation" will be lifted. The status of "academic probation" will be

reflected in the examination result notification but not in the transcript of studies.

A student will have 'progressing' status unless he falls within any one of the following categories which

may be regarded as grounds for deregistration from the programme:

(a) the student has exceeded the maximum period of registration for that programme, as specified in

the Definitive Programme Document; or

(b) the student's GPA is lower than 2.0 for two consecutive semesters and his Semester GPA in the

second semester is also lower than 2.0; or

(c) the student's GPA is lower than 2.0 for three consecutive semesters.

The progression of students to the following academic year will not be affected by the GPA obtained in

the Summer Term, unless Summer Term study is mandatory for all students of the programme and

constitutes a requirement for graduation.

A student may be de-registered from the programme enrolled before the time frame specified at (b) or (c)

above if his academic performance is poor to the extent that the Board of Examiners deems that his



28

chance of attaining a GPA of 2.0 at the end of the programme is slim or impossible.

Where there are good reasons, the Board of Examiners has the discretion to recommend allowing

students who fall into categories as stated at (b) or (c) above to stay on the programme, and these

recommendations should be presented to the relevant Faculty/School Board for final decision.

Under the current procedures, a student can appeal against the decision of the Board of Examiners to de-

register him. If such an appeal was upheld by the Department/School concerned, the recommendation (to

reverse the previous decision to de-register the student) should also be presented to the relevant

Faculty/School Board for final decision.

D 12 Retaking of Subjects

Students may retake any subject for the purpose of improving their grade without having to seek

approval, but they must retake a compulsory subject which they have failed, i.e. obtained an F grade.

Retaking of subjects is with the condition that the maximum study load of 21 credits per semester is not

exceeded. Students wishing to retake passed subjects will be accorded a lower priority than those who

are required to retake (due to failure in a compulsory subject) and can only do so if places are available.

The number of retakes of a subject is not restricted. Only the grade obtained in the final attempt of

retaking (even if the retake grade is lower than the original grade for originally passed subject) will be

included in the calculation of the Grade Point Average (GPA). If students have passed a subject but

failed after retake, credits accumulated for passing the subject in a previous attempt will remain valid for

satisfying the credit requirement for award. (The grades obtained in previous attempts will only be

reflected in transcript of studies.)

In cases where a student takes another subject to replace a failed elective subject, the fail grade will be

taken into account in the calculation of the GPA, despite the passing of the replacement subject.

D 13 Absence from an assessment component

If a student is unable to complete all the assessment components of a subject, due to illness or other

circumstances which are beyond his control and considered by the subject offering Department as

legitimate, the Department will determine whether the student will have to complete a late assessment

and, if so, by what means. This late assessment shall take place at the earliest opportunity, and before

the commencement of the following academic year (except that for Summer Term, which may take place

within 3 weeks after the finalisation of Summer Term results). If the late assessment cannot be

completed before the commencement of the following academic year, the Faculty/School Board

Chairman shall decide on an appropriate time for completion of the late assessment.

The student concerned is required to submit his/her application for late assessment in writing to the Head

of Department offering the subject, within 5 working days from the date of the examination, together

with any supporting documents. Approval of applications for late assessment and the means for such



29

late assessments shall be given by the Head of Department offering the subject or the Subject Lecturer

concerned, in consultation with the Programme Leader.

D 14 Aegrotat Award

If a student is unable to complete the requirements of the programme in question for the award due to

very serious illness, or other very special circumstances which are beyond his control, and considered by

the Board of Examiners as legitimate, the Faculty/School Board will determine whether the student will

be granted an aegrotat award. Aegrotat award will be granted under very exceptional circumstances.

A student who has been offered an aegrotat award shall have the right to opt either to accept such an

award, or request to be assessed on another occasion to be stipulated by the Board of Examiners; the

student's exercise of this option shall be irrevocable.

The acceptance of an aegrotat award by a student shall disqualify him from any subsequent assessment

for the same award.

An aegrotat award shall normally not be classified, and the award parchment shall not state that it is an

aegrotat award. However, the Board of Examiners may determine whether the award should be

classified, provided that they have adequate information on the students' academic performance.

D 15 Grading

Assessment grades shall be awarded on a criterion-referenced basis. A student's overall performance in a

subject (including GUR subjects) shall be graded as follows:

Subject

grade

Short

description Elaboration on subject grading description

A+ Exceptionally

Outstanding

The student's work is exceptionally outstanding. It exceeds

the intended subject learning outcomes in all regards.

A Outstanding The student's work is outstanding. It exceeds the intended

subject learning outcomes in nearly all regards.

B+ Very Good The student's work is very good. It exceeds the intended

subject learning outcomes in most regards.

B Good The student's work is good. It exceeds the intended subject

learning outcomes in some regards.

C+ Wholly

Satisfactory

The student's work is wholly satisfactory. It fully meets

the intended subject learning outcomes.



30

Subject

grade

Short

description Elaboration on subject grading description

C Satisfactory The student's work is satisfactory. It largely meets the

intended subject learning outcomes.

D+ Barely

Satisfactory

The student's work is barely satisfactory. It marginally

meets the intended subject learning outcomes.

D Barely

Adequate

The student's work is barely adequate. It meets the

intended subject learning outcomes only in some regards.

F Inadequate The student's work is inadequate. It fails to meet many of

the intended subject learning outcomes.

'F' is a subject failure grade, whilst all others ('D' to 'A+') are subject passing grades. No

credit will be earned if a subject is failed.

Codes Interpretation Remarks

I ^ Assessment to be completed An incomplete grade must be converted to a regular grade

normally in the following academic year at the latest.

N Assessment is not required

P Pass an ungraded subject This code applies to an ungraded subject, such as industrial training.

U Fail an ungraded subject This code applies to an ungraded subject, such as industrial training.

M Pass with Merit This code applies to all General Education subjects for intake cohorts before 2010/11. The adoption or otherwise of this code to other subjects adopting a "Pass/Fail" grading system would be subject to the decision of individual Departments.

The grade "Pass with Merit" can be awarded when the student's work exceeds the subject learning outcomes in the majority of regards.

L Subject to be continued in the following semester

This code applies to subjects like "Project" which may consist of more than 1 part (denoted by the same subject code) and for which continuous assessment is deemed appropriate.

S Absent from assessment



31

W Withdrawn from subject Dropping of subjects after the add/drop period is normally not allowed. Requests for withdrawal from subjects after the add/drop period and prior to examination will only be considered under exceptional circumstances. This code is given when a student has obtained exceptional approval from Department to withdraw from a subject after the "add/drop" period and prior to examination; otherwise, a failure grade (grade F) should be awarded.

Z Exempted

T Transfer of credit

# Disqualification of result due to academic dishonesty

This code applies to failure (i.e. F and U grades) arising from disqualification of subject result due to academic dishonesty. The code will be removed subsequently when the student leaves the University.

A numeral grade point is assigned to each subject grade, as follows:

Grade Grade Point

A+ 4.5

A 4

B+ 3.5

B 3

C+ 2.5

C 2

D+ 1.5

D 1

F 0

At the end of each semester/term, a Grade Point Average (GPA) will be computed as follows, and based

on the grade point of all the subjects:

* Entry of grades/codes for subject components is optional.

^ For cases where students fail marginally in one of the components within a subject, the BoE can defer making a final decision until the students concerned have completed the necessary remedial work to the satisfaction of the subject examiner(s). The students can be assigned an ' I ' code in this circumstance.

Note: Subjects with the assigned codes I, N, P, U, M, L, W, Z and T (if the subject is without grade transferred) will be omitted in the calculation of the GPA. A subject assigned code S will be taken as zero in the calculation.



32

n

nGPAValueCredit Subject

ValueCredit Subject Point GradeSubject

where n = number of all subjects (inclusive of failed subjects) taken by the student up

to and including the latest semester/term. For subjects which have been

retaken, only the grade point obtained in the final attempt will be included in

the GPA calculation

In addition, the following subjects will be excluded from the GPA calculation:

(a) Exempted subjects

(b) Ungraded subjects

(c) Incomplete subjects

(d) Subjects for which credit transfer has been approved, but without any grade assigned1

(e) Subjects from which a student has been allowed to withdraw (i.e. those with the code 'W')

Subject which has been given an "S" code, i.e. absent from assessment, will be included in the GPA

calculation and will be counted as "zero" grade point. GPA is thus the unweighted cumulative average

calculated for a student, for all relevant subjects taken from the start of the programme to a particular

point of time. GPA is an indicator of overall performance, and is capped at 4.0.

All training credits2 will be counted in the GPA calculation but not in the WGPA calculation.

D 16 Different types of GPA

GPA's will be calculated for each Semester including the Summer Term. This Semester GPA will be

used to determine students' eligibility to progress to the next Semester alongside with the 'cumulative

GPA'. However, the Semester GPA calculated for the Summer Term will not be used for this purpose,

unless the Summer Term study is mandatory for all students of the programme concerned and constitutes

part of the graduation requirements.

The GPA calculated after the second Semester of the students' study is therefore a 'cumulative' GPA of

all the subjects taken so far by students, and without applying any level weighting.

Along with the 'cumulative' GPA, a weighted GPA will also be calculated, to give an indication to the

Board of Examiners on the award classification which a student will likely get if he makes steady

1 Subjects taken in PolyU or elsewhere and with grades assigned, and for which credit transfer has been approved, will be included in the

GPA calculation. 2 "Training credits" is used as a generic term only, and also includes clinical/field credits for programmes in different study disciplines.

Laboratory experiments done as a subject/an integral part of a subject to satisfy the academic requirements is not considered to be

practical training.



33

progress on his academic studies. GUR subjects will be included in the calculation of weighted GPA for

all programmes.

When a student has satisfied the requirements for award, an award GPA will be calculated to determine

his award classification. GUR subjects will be included in the calculation of award GPA for all

programmes.

Types of GPA Purpose Rules for GPA calculation

GPA Determine

Progression/

Graduation

(1) All academic subjects taken by the student

throughout his study, both inside and outside the

programme curriculum, are included in the GPA

calculation.

(2) For training subjects, including WIE and

Clinical/Field subjects, departments can decide

whether to include them in the GPA calculation.

(3) For retake subjects, only the last attempt will be

taken in the GPA calculation.

(4) Level weighting, if any, will be ignored.

Semester GPA

Determine

Progression

Similar to the rules for GPA as described above, except that

only subjects taken in that Semester, including retaken

subjects, will be included in the calculation.

Weighted GPA To give an

interim indication

on the likely

Award GPA

(1) Similar to the rules for GPA, except that only

subjects inside the programme curriculum concerned

will be included in the calculation. Subjects outside

the programme curriculum will be excluded.

(2) Departments can decide whether the training subjects

are to be counted towards the Weighted GPA.

(3) For retake subjects, only the last attempt will be

taken in the Weighted GPA calculation.

(4) Weighting can be between 0 and 1, to be assigned

according to the level of the subject.

(5) The weighted GPA will be the same as the Award

GPA unless a student has taken more subjects than

required.



34

Types of GPA Purpose Rules for GPA calculation

Award GPA For determination

of award

classification

If the student has not taken more subjects than required, the

Award GPA will be as follows:

(1) For single Major:

Award GPA = Weighted GPA

(2) For Major/Minor programmes:

Award GPA = Major GPA

D 17 Compulsory graduation

A student is required to graduate as soon as he/she satisfies the graduation requirements.

D 18 Guidelines for award classification

The Weighted GPA will be used as a guide to help determine award classifications, and the level

weighting to different subjects of all disciplines and programmes will need to be specified in the

Definitive Programme Document.

Weighted GPA will be computed as follows:

n

n

i

i

W ValueCredit Subject

W ValueCredit Subject Point GradeSubject

GPA Weighted

where Wi = weighting to be assigned according to the level of the subject (See note below)

n = number of all subjects counted in GPA calculation

Same as for GPA, Weighted GPA is capped at 4.0.

Any subjects passed after the graduation requirement has been met will not be taken into account of in

the grade point calculation for award classification.



35

D 19 Classification of awards

The following is a set of indicators, for Boards of Examiners' reference, which can be used in helping to

determine award classification:

Classification Guidelines

Distinction

The student’s performance/attainment is outstanding, and

identifies him as exceptionally able in the field of Electrical

Engineering.

Credit The student has reached a standard of performance/ attainment

which is more than satisfactory but less than outstanding.

Pass

The student has attained the 'essential minimum' required for

graduation at a standard ranging from just adequate to just

satisfactory

There is no requirement for Boards of Examiners to produce award lists which conform to the guidelines

of the above table.

D 20 Examination result announcements, transcripts, testimonials and references

At the end of each semester, where appropriate, examination results are announced online for individual

students' checking. It provides information on subjects taken and grades attained, the Grade Point

Average (GPA) for all subjects, and the overall result for that semester. The announcement serves as an

official notification of the student's academic performance.

A formal transcript of studies will be issued by the University, upon request, to any student registered on

a programme offered by the University, and it will include the following information:

(a) name and student number;

(b) title of the programme(s) on which enrolled, or from which graduated;

(c) medium of instruction for the programme (applicable only to programmes which are

delivered in Chinese and for which both Chinese and English versions are offered);

(d) a full academic record, giving subjects taken and grades attained, and the Grade Point

Average (GPA) for all subjects;



36

(e) credit requirement of the student if different from the normal credit requirement of the

programme;

(f) where relevant, the final award(s) granted, with classification and year of award; and

(g) a statement indicating that the student has completed the Graduating Students' Language

Proficiency Assessment (GSLPA) / Work-integrated Education (WIE) activities / Co-

curricular Activities / Healthy Lifestyle, as appropriate.

Students may request for a testimonial which is a certification of their studies at the University, but

without details on subjects and subject results.

Students may also request for references direct from academic staff/members concerned.

D 21 Recording of disciplinary actions in students' records

Starting from Semester One of 2015/16, disciplinary actions against students’ misconducts will be

recorded in students’ records. This includes the inclusion of a remark to subject failure grade which is

awarded due to academic dishonesty, and also putting who have committed any misconduct on

‘disciplinary probation’. Students who have committed academic dishonesty will be subject to the

penalty of the lowering of award classification by one level. Please include this new arrangement in the

programme document as appropriate.



APPENDIX I: SUBJECT DESCRIPTION FORMS

CODE

SUBJECT PAGE

AMA1110 Basic Mathematics I – Calculus and Probability &

Statistics

AI - 1

AMA1120 Basic Mathematics II – Calculus and Linear Algebra AI - 2

AMA2111 Mathematics I AI - 3

AMA2112 Mathematics II AI - 4

AP10001 Introduction to Physics AI - 5

AP10008 University Physics I AI - 6

AP10009 University Physics II AI - 7

CBS1101P Fundamentals of Chinese Communication AI - 8

CBS1102P Advanced Communication Skills in Chinese AI - 10

CBS1103P Fundamentals of Chinese Communication for Higher

Diploma Students

AI - 12

EE2002C Circuit Analysis AI - 14

EE2003C Electronics AI - 16

EE2004C Electrical Energy Systems Fundamentals AI - 18

EE2007C Computer System Fundamentals AI - 19

EE2009C Group Project AI - 21

EE3002C Electromechanical Energy Conversion AI - 24

EE3003C Power Electronics and Drives AI - 25

EE3009C Electrical Services in Buildings AI - 27



CODE

SUBJECT PAGE

ELC1007 University English for Higher Diploma Students I AI - 29

ELC1008 University English for Higher Diploma Students II AI - 30

ELC1011 Practical English for University Studies AI - 31

ELC1013 English for University Studies AI - 32

ELC1014 Advanced English for University Studies AI - 34

ELC2011 Advanced English Reading and Writing Skills AI - 36

ELC2012 Persuasive Communication AI - 38

ELC2013 English in Literature and Film AI - 39

ENG2002 Computer Programming AI - 41

IC2105 Engineering Communication and Fundamentals AI - 43

IC2112 IC Training I (EE) AI - 45

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AM

A11

10

Subj

ect T

itle

Bas

ic M

athe

mat

ics I

– C

alcu

lus a

nd P

roba

bilit

y &

Sta

tistic

s

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

intro

duce

stu

dent

s to

the

basi

c co

ncep

ts a

nd a

pplic

atio

ns o

f el

emen

tary

cal

culu

s an

d st

atis

tics.

Em

phas

is w

ill b

e on

the

und

erst

andi

ng o

f fu

ndam

enta

l co

ncep

ts a

nd t

he u

se o

f m

athe

mat

ical

tec

hniq

ues

in h

andl

ing

prac

tical

pro

blem

s in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing.

Subj

ect I

nten

ded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(Not

e 1)

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a)

appl

y an

alyt

ical

reas

onin

g to

solv

e pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g;

(b)

mak

e us

e of

the

know

ledg

e of

mat

hem

atic

al/s

tatis

tical

tech

niqu

es a

nd a

dapt

kn

own

solu

tions

to v

ario

us si

tuat

ions

; (c

) ap

ply

mat

hem

atic

al m

odel

ing

in p

robl

em so

lvin

g;

(d)

dem

onst

rate

abi

litie

s of l

ogic

al a

nd a

naly

tical

thin

king

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

(Not

e 2)

Elem

enta

ry

calc

ulus

: Li

mit

and

cont

inui

ty,

deriv

ativ

es a

nd t

heir

geom

etric

m

eani

ng,

rule

s of

di

ffer

entia

tion

incl

udin

g ch

ain

rule

, Le

ibni

z’s

rule

an

d L’

Hop

ital’s

rul

e, e

xpon

entia

l an

d lo

garit

hmic

fun

ctio

ns, t

rigon

omet

ric f

unct

ions

an

d th

eir

inve

rses

, hyp

erbo

lic a

nd i

nver

se h

yper

bolic

fun

ctio

ns, a

pplic

atio

ns o

f di

ffer

entia

l cal

culu

s.

Elem

enta

ry P

roba

bilit

y an

d St

atis

tics :

Des

crip

tive

stat

istic

s, ra

ndom

var

iabl

es,

prob

abili

ty

and

prob

abili

ty

dist

ribut

ions

, bi

nom

ial,

Pois

son

and

norm

al

dist

ribut

ions

, app

licat

ions

. Po

pula

tion

and

rand

om s

ampl

es. S

ampl

ing

dist

ribut

ions

rel

ated

to s

ampl

e m

ean,

sa

mpl

e pr

opor

tions

, and

sam

ple

varia

nces

. C

once

pts

of a

poi

nt e

stim

ator

and

a

conf

iden

ce i

nter

val.

Poin

t an

d in

terv

al e

stim

ates

of

a m

ean

and

the

diff

eren

ce

betw

een

two

mea

ns.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

(Not

e 3)

Bas

ic c

once

pts

and

elem

enta

ry t

echn

ique

s of

diff

eren

tial

and

inte

gral

cal

culu

s, el

emen

tary

sta

tistic

s an

d lin

ear

alge

bra

will

be

taug

ht in

lect

ures

. Th

ese

will

be

furth

er e

nhan

ced

in tu

toria

ls th

roug

h pr

actic

al p

robl

em so

lvin

g.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(Not

e 4)

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be a

sses

sed

a b

c d

1.H

omew

ork,

qui

zzes

an

d m

id-te

rm te

st

40%

2. E

xam

inat

ion

60%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Con

tinuo

us

Ass

essm

ent

com

pris

es

of

assi

gnm

ents

, in

-cla

ss

quiz

zes,

onlin

e qu

izze

s and

a m

id-te

rm te

st.

An

exam

inat

ion

is h

eld

at th

e en

d of

the

sem

este

r.

Que

stio

ns u

sed

in a

ssig

nmen

ts, q

uizz

es, t

ests

and

exa

min

atio

ns a

re u

sed

to a

sses

s st

uden

ts’

leve

l of

und

erst

andi

ng o

f th

e ba

sic

conc

epts

and

the

ir ab

ility

to

use

mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

in so

lvin

g pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g.

To p

ass

this

sub

ject

, stu

dent

s ar

e re

quire

d to

obt

ain

grad

e D

or a

bove

in b

oth

the

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t and

the

exam

inat

ion

com

pone

nts.

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

subj

ect

focu

ses

on u

nder

stan

ding

of

basi

c co

ncep

ts a

nd a

pplic

atio

n of

te

chni

ques

in d

iffer

entia

l/int

egra

l cal

culu

s, el

emen

tary

sta

tistic

s an

d el

emen

tary

lin

ear

alge

bra.

As

su

ch,

an

asse

ssm

ent

met

hod

base

d m

ainl

y on

ex

amin

atio

ns/te

sts/

quiz

zes

is c

onsi

dere

d ap

prop

riat

e.

Furt

herm

ore,

stu

dent

s ar

e re

quir

ed t

o su

bmit

hom

ewor

k as

sign

men

ts r

egul

arly

in

orde

r to

allo

w s

ubje

ct

lect

urer

s to

keep

trac

k of

stud

ents

’ pro

gres

s in

the

cour

se.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d C

lass

con

tact

:

Le

ctur

e 26

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 13

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

H

omew

ork

and

self-

stud

y 81

Hrs

.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

12

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s 1.

Chu

ng, K

.C.

A Sh

ort C

ours

e in

Cal

culu

s and

Mat

rice

s, M

cGra

w H

ill 2

013

2. H

ung,

K.F

., K

wan

, Wils

on, P

ong,

T.Y

. Fo

unda

tion

Mat

hem

atic

s & S

tatis

tics,

McG

raw

Hill

201

3

3. L

arso

n, R

., Ed

war

ds, B

. Si

ngle

Var

iabl

e C

alcu

lus,

Bro

oks/

Col

e 20

12

4. W

alpo

le, R

.E.,

Mye

rs, R

.H.,

Mye

rs, S

.L. Y

e, K

. Pr

obab

ility

and

Sta

tistic

s for

En

gine

ers a

nd S

cien

tists

, Pre

ntic

e H

all,

2012

Not

e 1:

Int

ende

d Le

arni

ng O

utco

mes

In

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

sho

uld

stat

e w

hat s

tude

nts

shou

ld b

e ab

le to

do

or a

ttain

upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect.

Subj

ect o

utco

mes

ar

e ex

pect

ed to

con

tribu

te to

the

atta

inm

ent o

f the

ove

rall

prog

ram

me

outc

omes

.

Not

e 2:

Sub

ject

Syn

opsi

s/ In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

The

sylla

bus

shou

ld a

dequ

atel

y ad

dres

s th

e in

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

. At

the

sam

e tim

e ov

er-c

row

ding

of

the

sylla

bus

shou

ld b

e av

oide

d.

Not

e 3:

Tea

chin

g/Le

arni

ng M

etho

dolo

gy

This

sec

tion

shou

ld i

nclu

de a

brie

f de

scrip

tion

of t

he t

each

ing

and

lear

ning

met

hods

to

be e

mpl

oyed

to

faci

litat

e le

arni

ng,

and

a ju

stifi

catio

n of

how

the

met

hods

are

alig

ned

with

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es o

f the

subj

ect.

Not

e 4:

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

d Th

is s

ectio

n sh

ould

incl

ude

the

asse

ssm

ent m

etho

d(s)

to b

e us

ed a

nd it

s re

lativ

e w

eigh

ting,

and

indi

cate

whi

ch o

f the

sub

ject

inte

nded

le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

tha

t ea

ch m

etho

d pu

rpor

ts t

o as

sess

. It

shou

ld a

lso

prov

ide

a br

ief

expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es.

AI - 1

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AM

A11

20

Subj

ect T

itle

Bas

ic M

athe

mat

ics I

I – C

alcu

lus a

nd L

inea

r Alg

ebra

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

B

asic

Mat

hem

atic

s I –

Cal

culu

s and

Pro

babi

lity

& S

tatis

tics (

AM

A11

10)

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

intro

duce

stu

dent

s to

the

basi

c co

ncep

ts a

nd a

pplic

atio

ns o

f el

emen

tary

cal

culu

s an

d st

atis

tics.

Em

phas

is w

ill b

e on

the

und

erst

andi

ng o

f fu

ndam

enta

l co

ncep

ts a

nd t

he u

se o

f m

athe

mat

ical

tec

hniq

ues

in h

andl

ing

prac

tical

pro

blem

s in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing.

Subj

ect I

nten

ded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(Not

e 1)

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a)

appl

y an

alyt

ical

reas

onin

g to

solv

e pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g;

(b)

mak

e us

e of

the

know

ledg

e of

mat

hem

atic

al/s

tatis

tical

tech

niqu

es a

nd a

dapt

kn

own

solu

tions

to v

ario

us si

tuat

ions

; (c

) ap

ply

mat

hem

atic

al m

odel

ing

in p

robl

em so

lvin

g;

(d)

dem

onst

rate

abi

litie

s of l

ogic

al a

nd a

naly

tical

thin

king

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

(Not

e 2)

Elem

enta

ry c

alcu

lus :

Mea

n V

alue

The

orem

with

app

licat

ions

to o

ptim

izat

ion

and

curv

e sk

etch

ing.

D

efin

ite a

nd i

ndef

inite

int

egra

ls,

fund

amen

tal

theo

rem

of

calc

ulus

, m

etho

ds o

f int

egra

tion

(inte

grat

ion

by s

ubst

itutio

n, in

tegr

atio

n by

par

ts,

inte

grat

ion

of

ratio

nal

func

tions

us

ing

parti

al

frac

tions

an

d in

tegr

atio

n of

tri

gono

met

ric a

nd h

yper

bolic

fun

ctio

ns),

redu

ctio

n fo

rmul

as,

appl

icat

ions

to

geom

etry

and

phy

sics

. Im

prop

er In

tegr

als.

Line

ar a

lgeb

ra:

Bas

ic p

rope

rties

of

mat

rices

and

det

erm

inan

ts,

linea

r sy

stem

s, G

auss

ian

elim

inat

ion,

inv

erse

of

a sq

uare

mat

rix,

Cra

mer

’s r

ule,

vec

tors

in

2-sp

ace

or in

3-s

pace

, app

licat

ions

to g

eom

etry

.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

(Not

e 3)

Bas

ic c

once

pts

and

elem

enta

ry t

echn

ique

s of

diff

eren

tial

and

inte

gral

cal

culu

s an

d lin

ear

alge

bra

will

be

taug

ht in

lect

ures

. Th

ese

will

be

furth

er e

nhan

ced

in

tuto

rials

thro

ugh

prac

tical

pro

blem

solv

ing.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(Not

e 4)

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c d

1. H

omew

ork,

qui

zzes

and

m

id-te

rm te

st

40%

2. E

xam

inat

ion

60%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Con

tinuo

us

Ass

essm

ent

com

pris

es

of

assi

gnm

ents

, in

-cla

ss

quiz

zes,

onlin

e qu

izze

s and

a m

id-te

rm te

st.

An

exam

inat

ion

is h

eld

at th

e en

d of

the

sem

este

r.

Que

stio

ns u

sed

in a

ssig

nmen

ts, q

uizz

es, t

ests

and

exa

min

atio

ns a

re u

sed

to a

sses

s st

uden

ts’

leve

l of

und

erst

andi

ng o

f th

e ba

sic

conc

epts

and

the

ir ab

ility

to

use

mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

in so

lvin

g pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g.

To p

ass

this

sub

ject

, stu

dent

s ar

e re

quire

d to

obt

ain

grad

e D

or a

bove

in b

oth

the

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t and

the

exam

inat

ion

com

pone

nts.

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

subj

ect

focu

ses

on u

nder

stan

ding

of

basi

c co

ncep

ts a

nd a

pplic

atio

n of

te

chni

ques

in d

iffer

entia

l/int

egra

l cal

culu

s, el

emen

tary

sta

tistic

s an

d el

emen

tary

lin

ear

alge

bra.

As

su

ch,

an

asse

ssm

ent

met

hod

base

d m

ainl

y on

ex

amin

atio

ns/te

sts/

quiz

zes

is c

onsi

dere

d ap

prop

riat

e.

Furt

herm

ore,

stu

dent

s ar

e re

quir

ed t

o su

bmit

hom

ewor

k as

sign

men

ts r

egul

arly

in

orde

r to

allo

w s

ubje

ct

lect

urer

s to

keep

trac

k of

stud

ents

’ pro

gres

s in

the

cour

se.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d C

lass

con

tact

:

Le

ctur

e 26

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 13

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

H

omew

ork

and

self-

stud

y 81

Hrs

.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

12

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s 1.

C

hung

, K.C

. A

Sho

rt C

ours

e in

Cal

culu

s and

Mat

rices

, McG

raw

Hill

201

3

2.

Hun

g,

K.F

., K

wan

, W

ilson

, Po

ng,

T.Y

.

Foun

datio

n M

athe

mat

ics

&

Stat

istic

s, M

cGra

w H

ill 2

013

3.

Lars

on, R

., Ed

war

ds, B

. Si

ngle

Var

iabl

e C

alcu

lus,

Bro

oks/

Col

e 20

12

4.

Lars

on, R

. El

emen

tary

Lin

ear A

lgeb

ra,

Bro

oks/

Col

e 20

13

Not

e 1:

Int

ende

d Le

arni

ng O

utco

mes

In

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

sho

uld

stat

e w

hat s

tude

nts

shou

ld b

e ab

le to

do

or a

ttain

upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect.

Subj

ect o

utco

mes

ar

e ex

pect

ed to

con

tribu

te to

the

atta

inm

ent o

f the

ove

rall

prog

ram

me

outc

omes

.

Not

e 2:

Sub

ject

Syn

opsi

s/ In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

The

sylla

bus

shou

ld a

dequ

atel

y ad

dres

s th

e in

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

. At

the

sam

e tim

e ov

er-c

row

ding

of

the

sylla

bus

shou

ld b

e av

oide

d.

Not

e 3:

Tea

chin

g/Le

arni

ng M

etho

dolo

gy

This

sec

tion

shou

ld i

nclu

de a

brie

f de

scrip

tion

of t

he t

each

ing

and

lear

ning

met

hods

to

be e

mpl

oyed

to

faci

litat

e le

arni

ng,

and

a ju

stifi

catio

n of

how

the

met

hods

are

alig

ned

with

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es o

f the

subj

ect.

N

ote

4: A

sses

smen

t Met

hod

This

sec

tion

shou

ld in

clud

e th

e as

sess

men

t met

hod(

s) to

be

used

and

its

rela

tive

wei

ghtin

g, a

nd in

dica

te w

hich

of t

he s

ubje

ct in

tend

ed

lear

ning

out

com

es t

hat

each

met

hod

purp

orts

to

asse

ss.

It sh

ould

also

pro

vide

a b

rief

expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es.

AI - 2

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AM

A21

11

Subj

ect T

itle

Mat

hem

atic

s I

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

Cal

culu

s I (A

MA

1101

) or

Cal

culu

s IA

(AM

A11

02) o

r

Bas

ic M

athe

mat

ics I

I – C

alcu

lus a

nd L

inea

r Alg

ebra

(AM

A11

20)

Co-

requ

isite

N

il

Exc

lusi

on

Inte

rmed

iate

Cal

culu

s and

Lin

ear A

lgeb

ra (A

MA

2007

), M

athe

mat

ics f

or

Engi

neer

s (A

MA

2308

), En

gine

erin

g M

athe

mat

ics (

AM

A23

80),

App

lied

Mat

hem

atic

s I (A

MA

2511

), En

gine

erin

g M

athe

mat

ics (

AM

A29

0)

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

intro

duce

stu

dent

s to

the

basi

c pr

inci

ples

and

tech

niqu

es o

f en

gine

erin

g m

athe

mat

ics.

Em

phas

is w

ill b

e on

the

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

fund

amen

tal

conc

epts

as

wel

l as

app

licat

ions

of

mat

hem

atic

al m

etho

ds i

n so

lvin

g pr

actic

al

prob

lem

s in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

1.

appl

y m

athe

mat

ical

rea

soni

ng t

o an

alyz

e es

sent

ial

feat

ures

of

di

ffer

ent

prob

lem

s in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing;

2.

ex

tend

thei

r kn

owle

dge

of m

athe

mat

ical

and

num

eric

al te

chni

ques

and

ada

pt

know

n so

lutio

ns in

var

ious

situ

atio

ns;

3.

deve

lop

and

extra

pola

te t

he m

athe

mat

ical

con

cept

s in

syn

thes

izin

g an

d so

lvin

g ne

w p

robl

ems;

4.

de

mon

stra

te a

bilit

ies o

f log

ical

and

ana

lytic

al th

inki

ng;

5.

sear

ch fo

r use

ful i

nfor

mat

ion

in th

e pr

oces

s of p

robl

em so

lvin

g.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Alg

ebra

of c

ompl

ex n

umbe

rs

C

ompl

ex n

umbe

rs, g

eom

etric

rep

rese

ntat

ion,

com

plex

exp

onen

tial f

unct

ions

, n-

th ro

ots o

f a c

ompl

ex n

umbe

r. 2.

Li

near

alg

ebra

Rev

iew

of

mat

rices

, de

term

inan

ts a

nd s

yste

ms

of l

inea

r eq

uatio

ns,

vect

or

spac

es,

inne

r pr

oduc

t an

d or

thog

onal

ity,

eige

nval

ues

and

eige

nvec

tors

, ap

plic

atio

ns.

3.

Ord

inar

y di

ffer

entia

l equ

atio

ns

O

DE

of

first

an

d se

cond

or

der,

linea

r sy

stem

s, La

plac

e tra

nsfo

rms,

Con

volu

tion

theo

rem

, ap

plic

atio

ns

to

mec

hani

cal

vibr

atio

ns

and

sim

ple

circ

uits

.

4.

Diff

eren

tial c

alcu

lus o

f fun

ctio

ns o

f sev

eral

var

iabl

es

Pa

rtial

der

ivat

ives

, tot

al d

iffer

entia

l, ch

ain

rule

, Tay

lor’

s ex

pans

ion,

max

ima

and

min

ima,

di

rect

iona

l de

rivat

ives

, La

gran

ge

mul

tiplie

rs,

impl

icit

diff

eren

tiatio

n, a

pplic

atio

ns.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

The

subj

ect w

ill b

e de

liver

ed m

ainl

y th

roug

h le

ctur

es a

nd tu

toria

ls.

The

lect

ures

ai

m t

o pr

ovid

e th

e st

uden

ts w

ith a

n in

tegr

ated

kno

wle

dge

requ

ired

for

the

unde

rsta

ndin

g an

d ap

plic

atio

n of

m

athe

mat

ical

co

ncep

ts

and

tech

niqu

es.

Tuto

rials

will

mai

nly

be u

sed

to d

evel

op st

uden

ts’ p

robl

em so

lvin

g ab

ility

.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be a

sses

sed

1 2

3 4

5

1.H

omew

ork,

qui

zzes

an

d m

id-te

rm te

st

40%

2. E

xam

inat

ion

60%

Tota

l 10

0%

C

ontin

uous

A

sses

smen

t co

mpr

ises

of

as

sign

men

ts,

in-c

lass

qu

izze

s, on

line

quiz

zes a

nd a

mid

-term

test

. A

n ex

amin

atio

n is

hel

d at

the

end

of th

e se

mes

ter.

Que

stio

ns u

sed

in a

ssig

nmen

ts, q

uizz

es, t

ests

and

exa

min

atio

ns a

re u

sed

to a

sses

s st

uden

ts’

leve

l of

und

erst

andi

ng o

f th

e ba

sic

conc

epts

and

the

ir ab

ility

to

use

mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

in so

lvin

g pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g.

To p

ass

this

sub

ject

, stu

dent

s ar

e re

quire

d to

obt

ain

grad

e D

or a

bove

in b

oth

the

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t and

the

exam

inat

ion

com

pone

nts.

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

subj

ect

focu

ses

on u

nder

stan

ding

of

basi

c co

ncep

ts a

nd a

pplic

atio

n of

te

chni

ques

in

engi

neer

ing

mat

hem

atic

s. A

s su

ch, a

n as

sess

men

t m

etho

d ba

sed

mai

nly

on e

xam

inat

ions

/test

s/qu

izze

s is

con

side

red

appr

opri

ate.

Fu

rthe

rmor

e,

stud

ents

are

req

uire

d to

sub

mit

hom

ewor

k as

sign

men

ts r

egul

arly

in

orde

r to

al

low

subj

ect l

ectu

rers

to k

eep

trac

k of

stud

ents

’ pro

gres

s in

the

cour

se.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d C

lass

con

tact

:

Le

ctur

e 26

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 13

Hrs

.

M

id-te

rm te

st a

nd e

xam

inat

ion

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t

A

ssig

nmen

ts a

nd S

elf s

tudy

7

8 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort:

11

7 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s 1.

C

.K.

Cha

n, C

.W.

Cha

n an

d K

.F.

Hun

g, B

asic

Eng

inee

ring

Mat

hem

atic

s, M

cGra

w-H

ill, 2

013.

2.

A

nton

, H.

Elem

enta

ry L

inea

r Alg

ebra

(10t

h ed

ition

). Jo

hn W

iley,

201

0.

3.

Kre

yszi

g, E

. (20

11).

Adv

ance

d En

gine

erin

g M

athe

mat

ics,

10th

ed.

Wile

y.

4.

Jam

es, G

. (2

008)

. M

oder

n En

gine

erin

g M

athe

mat

ics,

4th

ed. P

rent

ice

Hal

l. 5.

Th

omas

, G. B

., W

eir,

M. D

. &

Has

s, J.

R. (

2009

). T

hom

as’ C

alcu

lus,

12th

ed

. Add

ison

Wes

ley.

AI - 3

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AM

A21

12

Subj

ect T

itle

Mat

hem

atic

s II

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

M

athe

mat

ics I

(AM

A21

11)

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

is a

con

tinua

tion

of A

MA

2111

. It

aim

s to

intro

duce

stu

dent

s to

the

basi

c pr

inci

ples

and

tech

niqu

es o

f eng

inee

ring

mat

hem

atic

s. E

mph

asis

will

be

on

the

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

fu

ndam

enta

l co

ncep

ts

as

wel

l as

ap

plic

atio

ns

of

mat

hem

atic

al m

etho

ds in

solv

ing

prac

tical

pro

blem

s in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

1.

appl

y m

athe

mat

ical

rea

soni

ng t

o an

alyz

e es

sent

ial

feat

ures

of

di

ffer

ent

prob

lem

s in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing;

2.

ex

tend

thei

r kn

owle

dge

of m

athe

mat

ical

and

num

eric

al te

chni

ques

and

ada

pt

know

n so

lutio

ns in

var

ious

situ

atio

ns;

3.

deve

lop

and

extra

pola

te t

he m

athe

mat

ical

con

cept

s in

syn

thes

izin

g an

d so

lvin

g ne

w p

robl

ems;

4.

de

mon

stra

te a

bilit

ies o

f log

ical

and

ana

lytic

al th

inki

ng;

5.

sear

ch fo

r use

ful i

nfor

mat

ion

in th

e pr

oces

s of p

robl

em so

lvin

g.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Mul

tiple

inte

gral

s

Dou

ble

and

tripl

e in

tegr

als,

chan

ge o

f va

riabl

es, a

pplic

atio

ns to

pro

blem

s in

ge

omet

ry a

nd m

echa

nics

. 2.

V

ecto

r cal

culu

s

Vec

tor

and

scal

ar f

ield

s, th

e de

l op

erat

or,

line

and

surf

ace

inte

gral

s, th

e

theo

rem

s of

G

reen

, G

auss

an

d St

okes

, ap

plic

atio

ns

to

elec

trom

agne

tic

th

eory

and

flui

d m

echa

nics

. 3.

Se

ries e

xpan

sion

Infin

ite s

erie

s, Ta

ylor

’s e

xpan

sion

, Fo

urie

r se

ries

expa

nsio

n of

a p

erio

dic

fu

nctio

n.

4.

Parti

al d

iffer

entia

l equ

atio

ns

Fo

rmul

atio

n of

PD

E of

mat

hem

atic

al p

hysi

cs, s

epar

atio

n of

var

iabl

es,

in

itial

-bou

ndar

y va

lue

prob

lem

s, in

trodu

ctio

n to

Fou

rier t

rans

form

s.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

The

subj

ect w

ill b

e de

liver

ed m

ainl

y th

roug

h le

ctur

es a

nd tu

toria

ls.

The

lect

ures

ai

m t

o pr

ovid

e th

e st

uden

ts w

ith a

n in

tegr

ated

kno

wle

dge

requ

ired

for

the

unde

rsta

ndin

g an

d ap

plic

atio

n of

m

athe

mat

ical

co

ncep

ts

and

tech

niqu

es.

Tuto

rials

will

mai

nly

be u

sed

to d

evel

op st

uden

ts’ p

robl

em so

lvin

g ab

ility

.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be

asse

ssed

1 2

3 4

5

1.

Hom

ewor

k, q

uizz

es

and

mid

-term

test

40

%

2.

Exam

inat

ion

60%

Tota

l 10

0%

C

ontin

uous

A

sses

smen

t co

mpr

ises

of

as

sign

men

ts,

in-c

lass

qu

izze

s, on

line

quiz

zes a

nd a

mid

-term

test

. A

n ex

amin

atio

n is

hel

d at

the

end

of th

e se

mes

ter.

Que

stio

ns u

sed

in a

ssig

nmen

ts, q

uizz

es, t

ests

and

exa

min

atio

ns a

re u

sed

to a

sses

s st

uden

ts’

leve

l of

und

erst

andi

ng o

f th

e ba

sic

conc

epts

and

the

ir ab

ility

to

use

mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

in so

lvin

g pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g.

To p

ass

this

sub

ject

, stu

dent

s ar

e re

quire

d to

obt

ain

grad

e D

or a

bove

in b

oth

the

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t and

the

exam

inat

ion

com

pone

nts.

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

subj

ect

focu

ses

on u

nder

stan

ding

of

basi

c co

ncep

ts a

nd a

pplic

atio

n of

te

chni

ques

in

engi

neer

ing

mat

hem

atic

s. A

s su

ch, a

n as

sess

men

t m

etho

d ba

sed

mai

nly

on e

xam

inat

ions

/test

s/qu

izze

s is

con

side

red

appr

opri

ate.

Fu

rthe

rmor

e,

stud

ents

are

req

uire

d to

sub

mit

hom

ewor

k as

sign

men

ts r

egul

arly

in

orde

r to

al

low

subj

ect l

ectu

rers

to k

eep

trac

k of

stud

ents

’ pro

gres

s in

the

cour

se.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d C

lass

con

tact

:

Le

ctur

e 26

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 13

Hrs

.

M

id-te

rm te

st a

nd e

xam

inat

ion

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t

A

ssig

nmen

ts a

nd S

elf s

tudy

7

8 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort:

11

7 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s 1.

C

.K. C

han,

C.W

. Cha

n an

d K

.F. H

ung,

Bas

ic E

ngin

eeri

ng M

athe

mat

ics,

McG

raw

-Hill

, 201

3.

2.

Ant

on, H

. El

emen

tary

Lin

ear A

lgeb

ra (1

0th

editi

on).

John

Wile

y, 2

010.

3.

K

reys

zig,

E. (

2011

). A

dvan

ced

Engi

neer

ing

Mat

hem

atic

s, 10

th e

d. W

iley.

4.

Ja

mes

, G.

(200

8).

Mod

ern

Engi

neer

ing

Mat

hem

atic

s, 4t

h ed

. Pre

ntic

e H

all.

5.

Thom

as, G

. B.,

Wei

r, M

. D.

& H

ass,

J. R

. (20

09).

Tho

mas

’ Cal

culu

s, 12

th

ed. A

ddis

on W

esle

y.

AI - 4

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AP1

0001

Subj

ect T

itle

Intro

duct

ion

to P

hysi

cs

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

Th

is i

s a

subj

ect

desi

gned

for

stu

dent

s w

ith n

o ba

ckgr

ound

in

phys

ics

stud

ies.

Fund

amen

tal

conc

epts

in

maj

or t

opic

s of

phy

sics

(m

echa

nics

, he

at,

wav

e an

d el

ectro

mag

netis

m) w

ill b

e di

scus

sed.

The

aim

of t

his

subj

ect i

s to

equ

ip s

tude

nts

with

som

e ba

sic

phys

ics

know

ledg

e, a

nd to

app

reci

ate

its a

pplic

atio

ns in

var

ious

br

anch

es o

f sci

ence

and

tech

nolo

gy.

Subj

ect I

nten

ded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a)

solv

e si

mpl

e pr

oble

ms i

n ki

nem

atic

s and

New

ton’

s law

; (b

) so

lve

prob

lem

s in

heat

cap

acity

and

late

nt h

eat;

(c

) ex

plai

n ph

enom

ena

rela

ted

to th

e w

ave

char

acte

r of l

ight

; (d

) ap

ply

the

supe

rpos

ition

of w

aves

;

(e)

defin

e el

ectro

stat

ic fi

eld

and

pote

ntia

l; (f

) so

lve

prob

lem

s on

inte

ract

ion

betw

een

curr

ent a

nd m

agne

tic fi

eld;

and

(g

) ap

ply

Fara

day’

s law

to v

ario

us p

heno

men

a.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Mec

hani

cs:

scal

ars

and

vect

ors;

kin

emat

ics

and

dyna

mic

s; N

ewto

n’s

law

s;

mom

entu

m,

impu

lse,

w

ork

and

ener

gy;

cons

erva

tion

of

mom

entu

m

and

cons

erva

tion

of e

nerg

y.

The

rmal

phy

sics

: he

at a

nd in

tern

al e

nerg

y; h

eat c

apac

ity; c

ondu

ctio

n, c

onve

ctio

n an

d ra

diat

ion;

late

nt h

eat.

W

aves

: nat

ure

of w

aves

; wav

e m

otio

n; re

flect

ion

and

refr

actio

n; im

age

form

atio

n by

mirr

ors

and

lens

es;

supe

rpos

ition

of

wav

es;

stan

ding

wav

es;

diffr

actio

n an

d in

terfe

renc

e; e

lect

rom

agne

tic sp

ectru

m; s

ound

wav

es.

Ele

ctro

mag

netis

m:

char

ges;

Cou

lom

b’s

law

; ele

ctric

fie

ld a

nd p

oten

tial;

curr

ent

and

resi

stan

ce; O

hm’s

law

; mag

netic

fiel

d; m

agne

tic fo

rce

on m

ovin

g ch

arge

s an

d cu

rren

t-car

ryin

g co

nduc

tors

; Far

aday

’s la

w a

nd L

enz’

s law

.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Lec

ture

: Fu

ndam

enta

ls i

n m

echa

nics

, w

aves

and

ele

ctro

mag

netis

m w

ill b

e ex

plai

ned.

Ex

ampl

es w

ill b

e us

ed t

o ill

ustra

te t

he c

once

pts

and

idea

s in

the

le

ctur

e. S

tude

nts a

re fr

ee to

requ

est h

elp.

Hom

ewor

k pr

oble

m se

ts w

ill b

e gi

ven.

St

uden

t-ce

nter

ed T

utor

ial:

Stud

ents

will

wor

k on

a s

et o

f pro

blem

s in

tuto

rials

. St

uden

ts a

re e

ncou

rage

d to

sol

ve p

robl

ems

and

to u

se t

heir

own

know

ledg

e to

ve

rify

thei

r sol

utio

ns b

efor

e se

ekin

g as

sist

ance

. Th

ese

prob

lem

set

s pr

ovid

e th

em

oppo

rtuni

ties t

o ap

ply

thei

r kno

wle

dge

gain

ed fr

om th

e le

ctur

e. T

hey

also

hel

p th

e st

uden

ts t

o co

nsol

idat

e w

hat

they

hav

e le

arne

d.

Furth

erm

ore,

stu

dent

s ca

n de

velo

p a

deep

er u

nder

stan

ding

of t

he s

ubje

ct in

rela

tion

to d

aily

life

phe

nom

ena

or e

xper

ienc

e.

e-le

arni

ng:

In o

rder

to

enha

nce

the

effe

ctiv

enes

s of

tea

chin

g an

d le

arni

ng

proc

esse

s, el

ectro

nic

mea

ns a

nd m

ultim

edia

tec

hnol

ogie

s w

ould

be

adop

ted

for

pres

enta

tions

of

lect

ures

; com

mun

icat

ion

betw

een

stud

ents

and

lect

urer

; del

iver

y of

han

dout

s, ho

mew

ork

and

notic

es e

tc.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be

asse

ssed

a

b c

d e

f g

(1)

Con

tinuo

us a

sses

smen

t 40

%

(2

) Ex

amin

atio

n 60

%

To

tal

100%

Con

tinuo

us a

sses

smen

t:

The

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t inc

lude

s as

sign

men

ts, q

uizz

es a

nd te

st(s

) whi

ch a

im a

t ch

ecki

ng th

e pr

ogre

ss o

f st

uden

ts s

tudy

thro

ugho

ut th

e co

urse

, ass

istin

g th

em in

fu

lfilli

ng th

e le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

. A

ssig

nmen

ts i

n ge

nera

l in

clud

e en

d-of

-cha

pter

pro

blem

s, w

hich

are

use

d to

re

info

rce

and

asse

ss t

he c

once

pts

and

skill

s ac

quire

d by

the

stu

dent

s; a

nd t

o le

t th

em k

now

the

leve

l of u

nder

stan

ding

that

they

are

exp

ecte

d to

reac

h.

At

leas

t on

e te

st w

ould

be

adm

inis

tere

d du

ring

the

cour

se o

f th

e su

bjec

t as

a

mea

ns o

f tim

ely

chec

king

of

lear

ning

pro

gres

s by

ref

errin

g to

the

int

ende

d ou

tcom

es,

and

as m

eans

of

chec

king

how

eff

ectiv

e th

e st

uden

ts d

iges

t an

d co

nsol

idat

e th

e m

ater

ials

taug

ht in

the

clas

s. E

xam

inat

ion:

Thi

s is a

maj

or a

sses

smen

t com

pone

nt o

f the

subj

ect.

It w

ould

be

a cl

osed

-boo

k ex

amin

atio

n.

Com

plic

ated

for

mul

as w

ould

be

give

n to

avo

id r

ote

mem

ory,

suc

h th

at t

he e

mph

asis

of

asse

ssm

ent

wou

ld b

e pu

t on

tes

ting

the

unde

rsta

ndin

g, a

naly

sis a

nd p

robl

em so

lvin

g ab

ility

of t

he st

uden

ts.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 33

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 6

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf-st

udy

81 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

12

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s 1.

Jo

hn D

. Cut

nell

& K

enne

th W

. Joh

nson

, Int

rodu

ctio

n to

Phy

sics

, 9th

edi

tion,

20

13, J

ohn

Wile

y &

Son

s.

2.

Hew

itt, C

once

ptua

l Phy

sics

, 11t

h ed

ition

, 201

0, B

enja

min

Cum

min

gs.

AI - 5

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AP1

0008

Subj

ect T

itle

Uni

vers

ity P

hysi

cs I

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/ C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

Th

is c

ours

e pr

ovid

es a

bro

ad f

ound

atio

n in

mec

hani

cs a

nd t

herm

al p

hysi

cs t

o th

ose

stud

ents

w

ho

are

goin

g to

st

udy

scie

nce,

en

gine

erin

g,

or

rela

ted

prog

ram

mes

.

Subj

ect I

nten

ded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a)

solv

e si

mpl

e pr

oble

ms i

n si

ngle

-par

ticle

mec

hani

cs u

sing

cal

culu

s and

ve

ctor

s;

(b)

solv

e pr

oble

ms i

n m

echa

nics

of m

any-

parti

cle

syst

ems u

sing

cal

culu

s and

ve

ctor

s;

(c)

defin

e si

mpl

e ha

rmon

ic m

otio

n an

d so

lve

sim

ple

prob

lem

s;

(d)

expl

ain

the

form

atio

n of

aco

ustic

al st

andi

ng w

aves

and

bea

ts;

(e

) us

e D

oppl

er’s

eff

ect t

o ex

plai

n ch

ange

s in

freq

uenc

y re

ceiv

ed;

(f)

expl

ain

idea

l gas

law

s in

term

s of k

inet

ic th

eory

; (g

) ap

ply

the

first

law

of t

herm

odyn

amic

s to

sim

ple

proc

esse

s; a

nd

(h)

solv

e si

mpl

e pr

oble

ms r

elat

ed to

the

Car

not c

ycle

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Mec

hani

cs:

calc

ulus

-bas

ed k

inem

atic

s, dy

nam

ics

and

New

ton’

s la

ws;

cal

culu

s-ba

sed

New

toni

an m

echa

nics

, in

volv

ing

the

appl

icat

ion

of i

mpu

lse,

mom

entu

m,

wor

k an

d en

ergy

, et

c.;

cons

erva

tion

law

; gr

avita

tion

field

; sy

stem

s of

par

ticle

s;

colli

sion

s;

rigid

bo

dy

rota

tion;

an

gula

r m

omen

tum

; os

cilla

tions

an

d si

mpl

e ha

rmon

ic m

otio

n; p

endu

lum

; sta

tics;

long

itudi

nal a

nd tr

ansv

erse

wav

es; t

rave

lling

w

ave;

Dop

pler

eff

ect;

acou

stic

s. T

herm

al p

hysi

cs: c

ondu

ctio

n, c

onve

ctio

n an

d ra

diat

ion;

bla

ck b

ody

radi

atio

n an

d en

ergy

qua

ntiz

atio

n; id

eal g

as a

nd k

inet

ic th

eory

; wor

k, h

eat a

nd in

tern

al e

nerg

y;

first

law

of

ther

mod

ynam

ics;

ent

ropy

and

the

sec

ond

law

of

ther

mod

ynam

ics;

C

arno

t cyc

le; h

eat e

ngin

e an

d re

frig

erat

ors.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Lec

ture

: Fu

ndam

enta

ls i

n m

echa

nics

, w

aves

and

ele

ctro

mag

netis

m w

ill b

e ex

plai

ned.

Ex

ampl

es w

ill b

e us

ed t

o ill

ustra

te t

he c

once

pts

and

idea

s in

the

le

ctur

e. S

tude

nts a

re fr

ee to

requ

est h

elp.

Hom

ewor

k pr

oble

m se

ts w

ill b

e gi

ven.

St

uden

t-ce

nter

ed T

utor

ial:

Stud

ents

will

wor

k on

a s

et o

f pro

blem

s in

tuto

rials

. St

uden

ts a

re e

ncou

rage

d to

sol

ve p

robl

ems

and

to u

se t

heir

own

know

ledg

e to

ve

rify

thei

r sol

utio

ns b

efor

e se

ekin

g as

sist

ance

. Th

ese

prob

lem

set

s pr

ovid

e th

em

oppo

rtuni

ties

to a

pply

thei

r kn

owle

dge

gain

ed f

rom

the

lect

ure.

Th

ey a

lso

help

th

e st

uden

ts t

o co

nsol

idat

e w

hat

they

hav

e le

arne

d.

Furth

erm

ore,

stu

dent

s ca

n de

velo

p a

deep

er u

nder

stan

ding

of t

he s

ubje

ct in

rela

tion

to d

aily

life

phe

nom

ena

or e

xper

ienc

e.

e-le

arni

ng:

In o

rder

to

enha

nce

the

effe

ctiv

enes

s of

tea

chin

g an

d le

arni

ng

proc

esse

s, el

ectro

nic

mea

ns a

nd m

ultim

edia

tec

hnol

ogie

s w

ould

be

adop

ted

for

pres

enta

tions

of

lect

ures

; com

mun

icat

ion

betw

een

stud

ents

and

lect

urer

; del

iver

y of

han

dout

s, ho

mew

ork

and

notic

es e

tc.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c d

e f

g h

(1)

Con

tinuo

us

asse

ssm

ent

40%

(2)

Exam

inat

ion

60%

To

tal

100%

Con

tinuo

us a

sses

smen

t:

The

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t inc

lude

s as

sign

men

ts, q

uizz

es a

nd te

st(s

) whi

ch a

im a

t ch

ecki

ng th

e pr

ogre

ss o

f st

uden

ts s

tudy

thro

ugho

ut th

e co

urse

, ass

istin

g th

em in

fu

lfilli

ng th

e le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

. A

ssig

nmen

ts i

n ge

nera

l in

clud

e en

d-of

-cha

pter

pro

blem

s, w

hich

are

use

d to

re

info

rce

and

asse

ss t

he c

once

pts

and

skill

s ac

quire

d by

the

stu

dent

s; a

nd t

o le

t th

em k

now

the

leve

l of u

nder

stan

ding

that

they

are

exp

ecte

d to

reac

h.

At

leas

t on

e te

st w

ould

be

adm

inis

tere

d du

ring

the

cour

se o

f th

e su

bjec

t as

a

mea

ns o

f tim

ely

chec

king

of

lear

ning

pro

gres

s by

ref

errin

g to

the

int

ende

d ou

tcom

es,

and

as m

eans

of

chec

king

how

eff

ectiv

e th

e st

uden

ts d

iges

t an

d co

nsol

idat

e th

e m

ater

ials

taug

ht in

the

clas

s. E

xam

inat

ion:

Th

is is

a m

ajor

ass

essm

ent c

ompo

nent

of t

he s

ubje

ct.

It w

ould

be

a cl

osed

-boo

k ex

amin

atio

n.

Com

plic

ated

for

mul

as w

ould

be

give

n to

avo

id r

ote

mem

ory,

suc

h th

at t

he e

mph

asis

of

asse

ssm

ent

wou

ld b

e pu

t on

tes

ting

the

unde

rsta

ndin

g,

anal

ysis

and

pro

blem

solv

ing

abili

ty o

f the

stud

ents

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 33

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 6

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf-st

udy

81 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort:

12

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s 1.

Jo

hn W

. Je

wet

t an

d R

aym

ond

A.

Serw

ay,

“Phy

sics

for

Sci

entis

ts a

nd

Engi

neer

s”, 2

010,

8th

edi

tion,

Bro

oks/

Col

e C

enga

ge L

earn

ing.

2.

W

. B

auer

and

G.D

. W

estfa

ll, “

Uni

vers

ity P

hysi

cs w

ith M

oder

n Ph

ysic

s”,

2011

, McG

raw

-Hill

.

AI - 6

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AP1

0009

Subj

ect T

itle

Uni

vers

ity P

hysi

cs II

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

To

pro

vide

stu

dent

s w

ith f

unda

men

tal

know

ledg

e in

phy

sics

foc

usin

g on

the

to

pics

of

wav

es a

nd e

lect

rom

agne

tism

. Th

is c

ours

e pr

epar

es s

tude

nts

to s

tudy

sc

ienc

e, e

ngin

eerin

g or

rela

ted

prog

ram

mes

.

Subj

ect I

nten

ded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a)

appl

y si

mpl

e la

ws i

n op

tics t

o ex

plai

n im

age

form

atio

n;

(b)

expl

ain

phen

omen

a re

late

d to

the

wav

e ch

arac

ter o

f lig

ht;

(c)

defin

e el

ectro

stat

ic fi

eld

and

pote

ntia

l; (d

) us

e G

auss

’ law

in so

lvin

g pr

oble

ms i

n el

ectro

stat

ics;

(e

) so

lve

prob

lem

s on

inte

ract

ion

betw

een

curr

ent a

nd m

agne

tic fi

eld;

(f

) ap

ply

elec

trom

agne

tic in

duct

ion

to v

ario

us p

heno

men

a; a

nd

(g)

solv

e si

mpl

e pr

oble

ms i

n A

C c

ircui

ts.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Wav

es a

nd o

ptic

s: n

atur

e of

ligh

t, re

flect

ion

and

refr

actio

n; im

age

form

atio

n by

m

irror

s an

d le

nses

; co

mpo

und

lens

; m

icro

scop

e an

d te

lesc

ope;

sup

erpo

sitio

n of

w

aves

; H

uyge

n’s

prin

cipl

e; i

nter

fere

nce

and

diff

ract

ion;

int

erfe

rom

eter

s an

d di

ffra

ctio

n gr

atin

g; p

olar

izat

ion.

E

lect

rom

agne

tism

: ch

arge

an

d Fi

eld;

C

oulo

mb’

s la

w

and

Gau

ss’

law

; el

ectro

stat

ic f

ield

and

pot

entia

l di

ffer

ence

; ca

paci

tors

and

die

lect

ric;

curr

ent

and

resi

stan

ce; O

hm’s

law

; ele

ctro

mot

ive

forc

e, p

oten

tial d

iffer

ence

and

RC

circ

uits

; m

agne

tic f

orce

on

mov

ing

char

ges

and

curr

ent;

Hal

l eff

ect;

Bio

t-Sav

art l

aw a

nd

Am

pere

’s l

aw;

Fara

day’

s la

w

and

Lenz

’s l

aw;

self-

indu

ctan

ce a

nd

mut

ual

indu

ctan

ce; t

rans

form

ers;

AC

circ

uits

and

app

licat

ions

.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Lec

ture

: Th

e fu

ndam

enta

ls i

n op

tics

and

elec

trom

agne

tism

will

be

expl

aine

d.

Exam

ples

will

be

used

to il

lust

rate

the

conc

epts

and

idea

s in

the

lect

ure.

Stu

dent

s ar

e fr

ee to

requ

est h

elp.

Hom

ewor

k pr

oble

m se

ts w

ill b

e gi

ven.

St

uden

t-ce

nter

ed T

utor

ial:

Stud

ents

will

wor

k on

a s

et o

f pro

blem

s in

tuto

rials

. St

uden

ts a

re e

ncou

rage

d to

sol

ve p

robl

ems

and

to u

se t

heir

own

know

ledg

e to

ve

rify

thei

r sol

utio

ns b

efor

e se

ekin

g as

sist

ance

. Th

ese

prob

lem

set

s pr

ovid

e th

em

oppo

rtuni

ties t

o ap

ply

thei

r kno

wle

dge

gain

ed fr

om th

e le

ctur

e. T

hey

also

hel

p th

e st

uden

ts t

o co

nsol

idat

e w

hat

they

hav

e le

arne

d.

Furth

erm

ore,

stu

dent

s ca

n de

velo

p a

deep

er u

nder

stan

ding

of t

he s

ubje

ct in

rela

tion

to d

aily

life

phe

nom

ena

or e

xper

ienc

e.

e-le

arni

ng:

In o

rder

to

enha

nce

the

effe

ctiv

enes

s of

tea

chin

g an

d le

arni

ng

proc

esse

s, el

ectro

nic

mea

ns a

nd m

ultim

edia

tec

hnol

ogie

s w

ould

be

adop

ted

for

pres

enta

tions

of l

ectu

res;

com

mun

icat

ion

betw

een

stud

ents

and

lect

urer

; del

iver

y of

han

dout

s, ho

mew

ork

and

notic

es e

tc.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c d

e f

g (1

) C

ontin

uous

as

sess

men

t 40

%

(2)

Exam

inat

ion

60%

To

tal

100%

Con

tinuo

us a

sses

smen

t:

The

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t inc

lude

s as

sign

men

ts, q

uizz

es a

nd te

st(s

) whi

ch a

im a

t ch

ecki

ng th

e pr

ogre

ss o

f st

uden

ts s

tudy

thro

ugho

ut th

e co

urse

, ass

istin

g th

em in

fu

lfilli

ng th

e le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

. A

ssig

nmen

ts i

n ge

nera

l in

clud

e en

d-of

-cha

pter

pro

blem

s, w

hich

are

use

d to

re

info

rce

and

asse

ss t

he c

once

pts

and

skill

s ac

quire

d by

the

stu

dent

s; a

nd t

o le

t th

em k

now

the

leve

l of u

nder

stan

ding

that

they

are

exp

ecte

d to

reac

h.

At

leas

t on

e te

st w

ould

be

adm

inis

tere

d du

ring

the

cour

se o

f th

e su

bjec

t as

a

mea

ns o

f tim

ely

chec

king

of

lear

ning

pro

gres

s by

ref

errin

g to

the

int

ende

d ou

tcom

es,

and

as m

eans

of

chec

king

how

eff

ectiv

e th

e st

uden

ts d

iges

t an

d co

nsol

idat

e th

e m

ater

ials

taug

ht in

the

clas

s. E

xam

inat

ion:

Th

is is

a m

ajor

ass

essm

ent c

ompo

nent

of t

he s

ubje

ct.

It w

ould

be

a cl

osed

-boo

k ex

amin

atio

n.

Com

plic

ated

for

mul

as w

ould

be

give

n to

avo

id r

ote

mem

ory,

suc

h th

at t

he e

mph

asis

of

asse

ssm

ent

wou

ld b

e pu

t on

tes

ting

the

unde

rsta

ndin

g,

anal

ysis

and

pro

blem

solv

ing

abili

ty o

f the

stud

ents

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 33

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 6

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf-st

udy

81 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

12

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s 1.

Jo

hn W

. Je

wet

t an

d R

aym

ond

A.

Serw

ay,

“Phy

sics

for

Sci

entis

ts a

nd

Engi

neer

s”, 2

010,

8th

edi

tion,

Bro

oks/

Col

e C

enga

ge L

earn

ing.

2.

W

. B

auer

and

G.D

. W

estfa

ll, “

Uni

vers

ity P

hysi

cs w

ith M

oder

n Ph

ysic

s”,

2011

, McG

raw

-Hill

.

AI - 7

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

CB

S110

1P

Subj

ect T

itle

Fund

amen

tals

of C

hine

se C

omm

unic

atio

n（大學

中文傳意

）

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Rem

arks

: For

stud

ents

ent

erin

g w

ith H

KD

SE C

hine

se su

bjec

t res

ult a

t Lev

el 3

or

equi

vale

nt

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

fos

ter

stud

ents

’ co

mm

unic

ativ

e co

mpe

tenc

e in

usi

ng b

oth

writ

ten

and

spok

en C

hine

se t

o co

mm

unic

ate

effe

ctiv

ely,

app

ropr

iate

ly,

flexi

bly

and

polit

ely

in re

al si

tuat

ed so

cial

setti

ngs.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(Not

e 1)

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a)

deve

lop

effe

ctiv

e co

mm

unic

atio

n sk

ills

in w

ritte

n C

hine

se r

equi

red

for

basi

c us

age

in t

he w

orkp

lace

suc

h as

em

ail-l

ette

r, no

tice,

new

s re

leas

e, r

epor

t, di

scus

sion

, pre

sent

atio

n an

d ne

gotia

tion;

(b)

mas

ter

the

writ

ten

form

at, o

rgan

izat

ion,

lang

uage

and

sty

le o

f ex

pres

sion

of

vario

us g

enre

s of

Chi

nese

pra

ctic

al w

ritin

g su

ch a

s of

ficia

l cor

resp

onde

nces

, pu

blic

ity m

ater

ials

, rep

orts

and

pro

posa

ls fo

r com

mun

icat

ion;

(c)

give

form

al p

rese

ntat

ion

in P

uton

ghua

effe

ctiv

ely

and

appr

opria

tely

;

(d)

enga

ge in

form

al d

iscu

ssio

n in

Put

ongh

ua e

ffec

tivel

y an

d po

litel

y.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

(Not

e 2)

1.

Enha

ncem

ent o

f Bas

ic C

ompe

tenc

e in

Writ

ten

Chi

nese

and

Ski

ll of

Su

mm

ariz

ing

2.

Writ

ten

Chi

nese

for P

ract

ical

Pur

pose

s

Form

at, o

rgan

izat

ion,

lang

uage

of e

ach

genr

e;

C

oher

ence

in C

hine

se w

ritin

g

Styl

e of

exp

ress

ion

of d

iffer

ent g

enre

s suc

h as

off

icia

l cor

resp

onde

nces

, pu

blic

ity m

ater

ials

;

Con

text

dep

ende

nt st

ylis

tic v

aria

tion

A

ppro

pria

tene

ss in

com

mun

icat

ion

3.

Enha

ncem

ent o

f Bas

ic S

kills

in P

uton

ghua

Pro

nunc

iatio

n

4.

Form

al P

rese

ntat

ion

in P

uton

ghua

Cho

ice

of w

ords

in P

uton

ghua

The

flow

of s

peak

ing

M

anne

r of s

peak

ing

and

gest

ure

5.

Form

al D

iscu

ssio

n in

Put

ongh

ua

Id

entif

icat

ion

of m

ain

idea

and

key

mes

sage

s

Eval

uatio

n of

rel

evan

cy o

f inf

orm

atio

n in

a m

essa

ge

Sk

ills o

f sum

mar

izin

g

Agr

eein

g/di

sagr

eein

g/an

swer

ing

to q

uest

ions

pol

itely

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

(Not

e 3)

The

subj

ect w

ill b

e co

nduc

ted

in P

uton

ghua

, in

high

ly in

tera

ctiv

e se

min

ars.

The

subj

ect

will

mot

ivat

e th

e st

uden

ts’

activ

e pa

rtici

patio

n by

ass

igni

ng g

roup

pr

esen

tatio

n /d

iscu

ssio

n in

cla

ss. I

n a

foru

m-li

ke fo

rmat

, stu

dent

s are

gui

ded

to :

(1)

pres

ent

to t

he c

lass

, th

eir

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

eac

h ge

nre

desi

gned

for

the

sy

llabu

s for

dis

cuss

ions

and

impr

ovem

ent;

(2)

mod

ify p

assa

ges i

n a

give

n ge

nre/

styl

e in

to o

ther

gen

res/

styl

es fo

r add

ress

ing

diff

eren

t aud

ienc

es a

nd p

urpo

ses;

(3)

give

a p

ower

-poi

nt p

rese

ntat

ion

in P

uton

ghua

in

fron

t of

the

who

le c

lass

, th

en re

ceiv

e on

spot

feed

back

for d

iscu

ssio

n an

d im

prov

emen

t;

(4)

prep

are

a w

ritte

n re

port/

prop

osal

on

the

sam

e to

pic;

(5)

enga

ge in

form

al d

iscu

ssio

n in

Put

ongh

ua o

n to

pics

rela

ted

to c

urre

nt is

sues

an

d/or

bus

ines

s ope

ratio

n;

(6)

prod

uce

a w

ritte

n do

cum

ent o

n th

e sa

me

topi

c us

ing

a ch

osen

gen

re.

E-le

arni

ng m

ater

ials

for

enh

anci

ng s

tude

nts’

pro

ficie

ncy

in b

oth

Puto

nghu

a an

d w

ritte

n C

hine

se a

re in

clud

ed in

Chi

nese

LC

R te

achi

ng.

Stud

ents

are

exp

ecte

d to

fo

llow

teac

hers

’ gui

delin

es a

nd g

et a

cces

s to

the

mat

eria

ls o

n e-

Lear

ning

pla

tform

fo

r sel

f-st

udy

on v

olun

tary

bas

is.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(Not

e 4)

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be

asse

ssed

a b

c d

1. W

ritte

n A

ssig

nmen

t 35

%

2. O

ral P

rese

ntat

ion

35%

3. F

inal

Exa

min

atio

n 30

%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Bot

h w

ritte

n as

sign

men

ts a

nd o

ral

pres

enta

tion

will

foc

us o

n th

e fu

nctio

ns o

f co

mm

unic

atio

n an

d th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of

lang

uage

use

d in

aut

hent

ic s

ocia

l se

tting

s. T

he f

inal

exa

min

atio

n ai

ms

to o

btai

n an

obj

ectiv

e m

easu

rem

ent

of

stud

ents

’ ba

sic

com

pete

nce

in t

he u

se o

f Pu

tong

hua

and

writ

ten

Chi

nese

. I

t em

phas

izes

on

the

accu

racy

of

expr

essi

on i

n bo

th s

poke

n an

d w

ritte

n fo

rms.

Ex

plan

atio

ns a

nd e

xerc

ises

are

pro

vide

d in

cla

ssro

om te

achi

ng.

Stud

ents

obt

aini

ng a

sub

ject

pas

s m

ust p

ass

both

com

pone

nts,

i.e. t

he c

ontin

uous

as

sess

men

t and

exa

min

atio

n of

the

subj

ect.

Stu

dent

s will

get

failu

re o

f the

subj

ect

if he

/she

fails

in e

ither

one

of t

he tw

o co

mpo

nent

s.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ar

39 H

rs.

Add

ition

al a

ctiv

ity:

e-

Lear

ning

in P

uton

ghua

and

Writ

ten

Chi

nese

9

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

O

utsi

de C

lass

Pra

ctic

e 39

Hrs

.

Se

lf-st

udy

39 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

12

6 H

rs.

AI - 8

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s 1.

于

成鯤

、陳

瑞端

、秦

扶一

、金

振邦

主編

︰《

當代

應用

文寫

作規

範叢

書》，復

旦大

學出版

社，

2011

年。

2.

鍾

文佳︰

《漢

語口才

學》

，西

南師

範大學

出版

社，

2004

年。

3.

李

白堅

、丁

迪蒙

︰《

大學

體型

寫作

訓練

規程

》，

上海

大學

出版

社，

2004

年。

4.

于

成鯤主

編︰

《現代

應用

文》，

復旦

大學出

版社，

2003

年。

5.

邢

福義、

汪國

勝主編

︰《

現代漢

語》，華

中師

範大學

出版

社，

2003

年。

6.

陳

瑞端著

︰《

生活錯

別字

》，中

華書

局，

2000

年。

7.

李

軍華︰

《口

才學》

，華中理

工大

學出版

社，

1996

年。

8.

陳

建民︰

《說

話的藝

術》

，語文

出版

社，

1994

年。

9.

邵

守義︰

《演

講全書

》，吉林

人民

出版社

，19

91年。

10

. 路德慶主

編︰

《寫作

教程

》，華

東師

範大學

出版

社，

1982

年。

Not

e 1:

Int

ende

d Le

arni

ng O

utco

mes

In

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

sho

uld

stat

e w

hat s

tude

nts

shou

ld b

e ab

le to

do

or a

ttain

upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect.

Subj

ect o

utco

mes

ar

e ex

pect

ed to

con

tribu

te to

the

atta

inm

ent o

f the

ove

rall

prog

ram

me

outc

omes

.

Not

e 2:

Sub

ject

Syn

opsi

s/ In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

The

sylla

bus

shou

ld a

dequ

atel

y ad

dres

s th

e in

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

. At t

he s

ame

time

over

-cro

wdi

ng o

f th

e sy

llabu

s sh

ould

be

avoi

ded.

N

ote

3: T

each

ing/

Lear

ning

Met

hodo

logy

Th

is s

ectio

n sh

ould

inc

lude

a b

rief

desc

riptio

n of

the

tea

chin

g an

d le

arni

ng m

etho

ds t

o be

em

ploy

ed t

o fa

cilit

ate

lear

ning

, an

d a

just

ifica

tion

of h

ow th

e m

etho

ds a

re a

ligne

d w

ith th

e in

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

of t

he su

bjec

t.

Not

e 4:

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

d Th

is s

ectio

n sh

ould

incl

ude

the

asse

ssm

ent m

etho

d(s)

to b

e us

ed a

nd it

s re

lativ

e w

eigh

ting,

and

indi

cate

whi

ch o

f the

sub

ject

inte

nded

le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

tha

t ea

ch m

etho

d pu

rpor

ts t

o as

sess

. It

shou

ld a

lso

prov

ide

a br

ief

expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es.

AI - 9

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

CB

S110

2P

Subj

ect T

itle

Adv

ance

d C

omm

unic

atio

n Sk

ills i

n C

hine

se（

高階中

文傳意）

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Rem

arks

: Fo

r st

uden

ts e

nter

ing

with

HK

DSE

Chi

nese

sub

ject

res

ult

at L

evel

4

and

5 or

equ

ival

ent

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

dev

elop

stu

dent

s’ a

bilit

y to

com

mun

icat

e ef

fect

ivel

y in

bot

h Pu

tong

hua

and

writ

ten

Chi

nese

, with

par

ticul

ar re

fere

nce

to th

e st

ylis

tic v

aria

tions

of

exp

ress

ion

in d

iffer

ent c

omm

unic

ativ

e se

tting

s.

Subj

ect I

nten

ded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(N

ote

1)

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a)

deve

lop

effe

ctiv

e co

mm

unic

atio

n sk

ills

in b

oth

spok

en a

nd w

ritte

n C

hine

se

requ

ired

for

wor

kpla

ce s

uch

as e

mai

l-let

ter,

notic

e, n

ews

rele

ase,

rep

ort,

pres

enta

tion

and

nego

tiatio

n as

wel

l as

othe

r set

tings

suc

h as

spe

ech

deliv

ery

and

/ or

spe

cial

col

umn

in n

ewsp

aper

or

mag

azin

e.

in t

he b

usin

ess

and

prof

essi

onal

setti

ng;

(b)

mas

ter

the

form

at,

orga

niza

tion,

lan

guag

e an

d st

yle

of e

xpre

ssio

n of

the

fo

llow

ing

genr

es o

f C

hine

se p

ract

ical

writ

ing:

arg

umen

tativ

e an

d pe

rsua

sive

w

ritin

g;

(c)

give

pub

lic sp

eech

; (d

) pr

oduc

e a

piec

e of

pro

se.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

(Not

e 2)

6.

Enha

ncem

ent o

f Bas

ic C

ompe

tenc

e in

Writ

ten

Chi

nese

and

Ski

ll of

Su

mm

ariz

ing

2. W

ritte

n C

hine

se fo

r Pra

ctic

al P

urpo

ses

2.1.

Use

s of w

ords

and

sent

ence

s, ch

oice

of d

ictio

n

2.2.

Coh

eren

ce a

nd th

read

of t

hink

ing

in C

hine

se w

ritin

g

2.3.

Con

text

dep

ende

nt st

ylis

tic v

aria

tion

2.

4. F

orm

at, o

rgan

izat

ion,

lan

guag

e an

d st

yle

of e

xpre

ssio

n of

spe

eche

s, ar

gum

enta

tive

& p

ersu

asiv

e w

ritin

g

3.

Enha

ncem

ent o

f Bas

ic S

kills

in P

uton

ghua

Pro

nunc

iatio

n

4.

Publ

ic S

peec

h

4.1.

Con

text

ual e

lem

ents

: the

aud

ienc

es, t

he p

urpo

se a

nd th

e to

pic

4.2.

Ide

ntifi

catio

n of

key

poi

nts a

nd c

olle

ctio

n of

supp

ortin

g in

form

atio

n 4.

3. A

rticu

latio

n an

d flo

w o

f spe

akin

g 4.

4. C

hoic

e of

wor

ds, m

anne

r and

ges

ture

4.

5. U

sing

of v

isua

l aid

s 4.

6. H

andl

ing

of q

uest

ion

and

answ

er se

ssio

n

5.

Cre

ativ

e W

ritin

g 5.

1. T

he la

ngua

ge, t

he st

ruct

ure

and

styl

e of

exp

ress

ion

in c

reat

ive

writ

ing

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

(N

ote

3)

The

subj

ect

will

be

cond

ucte

d in

hig

hly

inte

ract

ive

sem

inar

s. Th

e su

bjec

t w

ill

mot

ivat

e th

e st

uden

ts’

activ

e pa

rtici

patio

n by

ass

igni

ng g

roup

pre

sent

atio

n /d

iscu

ssio

n in

cla

ss. I

n a

foru

m-li

ke fo

rmat

, stu

dent

s are

gui

ded

to :

(1

) pr

esen

t to

the

cla

ss,

thei

r un

ders

tand

ing

of e

ach

genr

e de

sign

ed f

or t

he

sylla

bus f

or d

iscu

ssio

ns a

nd im

prov

emen

t;

(2)

mod

ify p

assa

ges i

n a

give

n ge

nre/

styl

e in

to o

ther

gen

res/

styl

es fo

r add

ress

ing

diff

eren

t aud

ienc

es a

nd p

urpo

ses;

(3)

prep

are

a sc

ript f

or p

ublic

spea

king

; (4

) gi

ve a

pub

lic s

peec

h in

fro

nt o

f th

e w

hole

cla

ss,

then

rec

eive

on

spot

fe

edba

ck fo

r dis

cuss

ion

and

impr

ovem

ent;

(5

) en

gage

in

form

al d

iscu

ssio

n on

top

ics

rela

ted

to c

urre

nt i

ssue

s an

d/or

bu

sine

ss o

pera

tion

that

requ

ire p

ersu

asiv

e an

d ar

gum

enta

tive

skill

s;

(6)

prod

uce

an a

rgum

enta

tive

artic

le o

n th

e sa

me

topi

c;

(7)

anal

yze

sele

cted

pr

ose

in

term

s of

co

nten

ts,

stru

ctur

e an

d st

yles

of

ex

pres

sion

.

E-le

arni

ng m

ater

ials

for

enh

anci

ng s

tude

nts’

pro

ficie

ncy

in b

oth

Puto

nghu

a an

d w

ritte

n C

hine

se a

re in

clud

ed in

Chi

nese

LC

R te

achi

ng.

Stud

ents

are

exp

ecte

d to

fo

llow

teac

hers

’ gui

delin

es a

nd g

et a

cces

s to

the

mat

eria

ls o

n e-

Lear

ning

pla

tform

fo

r sel

f-st

udy

on v

olun

tary

bas

is.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(N

ote

4)

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be a

sses

sed

a b

c d

1. P

rose

Writ

ing

30%

2. F

orm

al S

peec

h 15

%

3. F

eatu

re A

rticl

e 15

%

4. C

lass

Par

ticip

atio

n 10

%

5. F

inal

Exa

min

atio

n 30

%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Bot

h w

ritte

n as

sign

men

ts a

nd o

ral

pres

enta

tion

will

foc

us o

n th

e fu

nctio

ns o

f co

mm

unic

atio

n an

d th

e ad

equa

cy o

f la

ngua

ge u

sed

in a

uthe

ntic

soc

ial

setti

ngs.

Th

e fin

al e

xam

inat

ion

aim

s to

obt

ain

an o

bjec

tive

mea

sure

men

t of s

tude

nts’

bas

ic

com

pete

nce

in th

e us

e of

Put

ongh

ua a

nd w

ritte

n C

hine

se.

It em

phas

izes

on

the

accu

racy

of

expr

essi

on i

n bo

th s

poke

n an

d w

ritte

n fo

rms.

Exp

lana

tions

and

ex

erci

ses a

re p

rovi

ded

in c

lass

room

teac

hing

.

Stud

ents

obt

aini

ng a

sub

ject

pas

s m

ust p

ass

both

com

pone

nts,

i.e. t

he c

ontin

uous

as

sess

men

t and

exa

min

atio

n of

the

subj

ect.

Stud

ents

will

get

failu

re o

f the

sub

ject

if

he/s

he fa

ils in

eith

er o

ne o

f the

two

com

pone

nts.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ar

39 H

rs.

Add

ition

al a

ctiv

ity:

e-

Lear

ning

in P

uton

ghua

and

writ

ten

Chi

nese

9

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

O

utsi

de C

lass

Pra

ctic

e 39

Hrs

.

Se

lf-st

udy

39 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

12

6 H

rs.

AI - 10

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s 1.

吳禮權

︰《

演講的

技巧

》，香港

：商務

印書

館，

2013

年。

2.

李錦昌

︰《

商業溝

通與

應用文

大全

》，香

港：

商務印

書館，

2012

年。

3.

賴蘭香

︰《

傳媒中

文寫

作》

(全新

修訂本

)，香

港：中華

書局，

2012

年。

4.

于

成鯤

、陳

瑞端

、秦

扶一

、金

振邦

主編

︰《

當代

應用

文寫

作規

範叢

書》，

上海

：復旦

大學

出版社，

2011

年。

5.

邵敬敏

︰《

現代漢

語通

論》，上

海：上

海教

育出版

社，

2007

年。

6.

任

伯江

︰《

口語

傳意

權能

: 人

際關

係策

略與

潛力

》，

香港

：香

港中

文大

學出版

社，

2006

年。

7.

裴

顯生

、方

延明

主編

︰《

新聞

寫作

教程

》，

北京

：高

等教

育出

版社

，

2005

年。

8.

宋

春陽

、孟

德東

、張

志攀

︰《

實用

新聞

寫作

概論》

，上

海：

復旦

大學

出

版社，

2004

年。

9.

李

白堅

、丁

迪蒙

︰《

大學

體型

寫作

訓練

規程

》，

上海

：上

海大

學出

版

社，

2004

年。

10

. 鍾文佳

︰《

漢語口

才學

》，西南

師範大

學出

版社，

2004

年。

11

. 于成鯤

主編

︰《現

代應

用文》，

復旦大

學出

版社，

2003

年。

12

. 邢福義

、汪

國勝主

編︰

《現代

漢語》，

華中

師範大

學出

版社，

2003

年。

13

. 孫

光萱

︰《

中國

現代

散文

名家

名篇

賞讀

》，

上海

：上

海教

育出

版社

，

2001

年。

14

. 陳瑞端

著︰

《生活

錯別

字》

，香

港：中華

書局

，20

00年。

15

. 陳建民

︰《

說話的

藝術

》，語

文出

版社，

199

4年。

Not

e 1:

Int

ende

d Le

arni

ng O

utco

mes

In

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

sho

uld

stat

e w

hat s

tude

nts

shou

ld b

e ab

le to

do

or a

ttain

upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect.

Subj

ect o

utco

mes

ar

e ex

pect

ed to

con

tribu

te to

the

atta

inm

ent o

f the

ove

rall

prog

ram

me

outc

omes

.

Not

e 2:

Sub

ject

Syn

opsi

s/ In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

The

sylla

bus

shou

ld a

dequ

atel

y ad

dres

s th

e in

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

. At

the

sam

e tim

e ov

er-c

row

ding

of

the

sylla

bus

shou

ld b

e av

oide

d.

Not

e 3:

Tea

chin

g/Le

arni

ng M

etho

dolo

gy

This

sec

tion

shou

ld i

nclu

de a

brie

f de

scrip

tion

of t

he t

each

ing

and

lear

ning

met

hods

to

be e

mpl

oyed

to

faci

litat

e le

arni

ng,

and

a ju

stifi

catio

n of

how

the

met

hods

are

alig

ned

with

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es o

f the

subj

ect.

N

ote

4: A

sses

smen

t Met

hod

This

sec

tion

shou

ld in

clud

e th

e as

sess

men

t met

hod(

s) to

be

used

and

its

rela

tive

wei

ghtin

g, a

nd in

dica

te w

hich

of t

he s

ubje

ct in

tend

ed

lear

ning

out

com

es t

hat

each

met

hod

purp

orts

to

asse

ss.

It sh

ould

als

o pr

ovid

e a

brie

f ex

plan

atio

n of

the

app

ropr

iate

ness

of

the

asse

ssm

ent m

etho

ds in

ass

essi

ng th

e in

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

.

AI - 11

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

CB

S110

3P

Subj

ect T

itle

Fund

amen

tals

of C

hine

se C

omm

unic

atio

n fo

r Hig

her D

iplo

ma

Stud

ents

（高級文

憑實

用中文

課程

）

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Rem

arks

: For

HD

stud

ents

in 2

013-

14 c

o-ho

rt an

d be

yond

ent

erin

g w

ith H

KD

SE

Chi

nese

subj

ect r

esul

t at l

evel

2, o

r equ

ival

ent

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

enh

ance

stu

dent

s’ b

asic

com

pete

nce

in b

oth

writ

ten

and

spok

en C

hine

se in

ord

er to

com

mun

icat

e ef

fect

ivel

y, a

ppro

pria

tely

, fle

xibl

y an

d po

litel

y in

wor

kpla

ce su

ch a

s em

ail-l

ette

r, no

tice,

new

s rel

ease

, rep

ort,

disc

ussi

on,

pres

enta

tion

and

nego

tiatio

n.

Subj

ect I

nten

ded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(Not

e 1)

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a)

mas

ter

corr

ect

sent

entia

l ex

pres

sion

s an

d ch

oice

of

wor

ds

for

effe

ctiv

e co

mm

unic

atio

n th

roug

h w

ritte

n C

hine

se;

(b)

mas

ter t

he fo

rmat

, org

aniz

atio

n, la

ngua

ge a

nd s

tyle

of e

xpre

ssio

n of

var

ious

ge

nres

of

C

hine

se

prac

tical

w

ritin

g su

ch

as

offic

ial

corr

espo

nden

ces,

publ

icity

mat

eria

ls;

(c)

mas

ter

the

artic

ulat

ion

of P

uton

ghua

in o

rder

to g

ive

form

al p

rese

ntat

ion

in

Puto

nghu

a ef

fect

ivel

y an

d ap

prop

riate

ly;

(d)

be a

war

e of

on

e’s

posi

tion

in f

orm

al d

iscu

ssio

n a

nd e

xpre

ss o

nese

lf in

Pu

tong

hua

clea

rly a

nd p

olite

ly.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

(Not

e 2)

1.

Enha

ncem

ent o

f Bas

ic C

ompe

tenc

e in

Writ

ten

Chi

nese

and

Ski

ll of

Su

mm

ariz

ing

2.

Writ

ten

Chi

nese

for P

ract

ical

Pur

pose

s

Use

s of w

ords

and

sent

ence

s;

C

oher

ence

in C

hine

se w

ritin

g

Form

at, o

rgan

izat

ion,

lang

uage

Styl

e of

exp

ress

ion

of o

ffic

ial c

orre

spon

denc

es, p

ublic

ity m

ater

ials

Con

text

dep

ende

nt st

ylis

tic v

aria

tion

App

ropr

iate

ness

in c

omm

unic

atio

n in

term

s of r

elat

ion

betw

een

addr

esse

r an

d ad

dres

see,

com

mun

icat

ion

goal

and

man

ner o

f exp

ress

ion.

3.

Enha

ncem

ent o

f Bas

ic S

kills

in P

uton

ghua

Pro

nunc

iatio

n

4.

Form

al P

rese

ntat

ion

in P

uton

ghua

arti

cula

tion

in P

uton

ghua

flow

of s

peak

ing

C

hoic

e of

wor

ds, m

anne

r and

ges

ture

5.

Form

al D

iscu

ssio

n in

Put

ongh

ua

Id

entif

icat

ion

of m

ain

idea

and

key

mes

sage

s

Eval

uatio

n of

rel

evan

cy o

f inf

orm

atio

n in

a m

essa

ge

Sk

ills o

f see

king

cla

rity/

cons

ent/d

isag

reem

ent/a

nsw

er to

a q

uest

ion

Sk

ills o

f sum

mar

izin

g

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

(Not

e 3)

The

subj

ect w

ill b

e co

nduc

ted

in P

uton

ghua

, in

high

ly in

tera

ctiv

e se

min

ars.

The

subj

ect

will

mot

ivat

e th

e st

uden

ts’

activ

e pa

rtici

patio

n by

ass

igni

ng g

roup

pr

esen

tatio

n /d

iscu

ssio

n in

cla

ss. I

n a

foru

m-li

ke fo

rmat

, stu

dent

s are

gui

ded

to :

(1)

pres

ent

to t

he c

lass

, th

eir

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

eac

h ge

nre

desi

gned

for

the

sy

llabu

s for

impr

ovem

ent;

(2)

mod

ify

pass

ages

in

a

give

n ge

nre/

styl

e in

to

othe

r ge

nres

/sty

les

for

addr

essi

ng d

iffer

ent a

udie

nces

and

pur

pose

s;

(3)

give

a p

ower

-poi

nt p

rese

ntat

ion

in P

uton

ghua

in

fron

t of

the

who

le c

lass

, th

en re

ceiv

e on

spot

feed

back

for i

mpr

ovem

ent;

(4)

prep

are

a w

ritte

n re

port/

prop

osal

on

the

sam

e to

pic;

(5)

enga

ge in

form

al d

iscu

ssio

n in

Put

ongh

ua o

n to

pics

rela

ted

to c

urre

nt is

sues

an

d/or

bus

ines

s ope

ratio

n;

(6)

prod

uce

a w

ritte

n do

cum

ent o

n th

e sa

me

topi

c us

ing

a ch

osen

gen

re.

E-le

arni

ng m

ater

ials

for

enh

anci

ng s

tude

nts’

pro

ficie

ncy

in b

oth

Puto

nghu

a an

d w

ritte

n C

hine

se a

re in

clud

ed in

Chi

nese

LC

R te

achi

ng.

Stud

ents

are

exp

ecte

d to

fo

llow

teac

hers

’ gui

delin

es a

nd g

et a

cces

s to

the

mat

eria

ls o

n e-

Lear

ning

pla

tform

fo

r sel

f-st

udy

on v

olun

tary

bas

is.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(Not

e 4)

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be a

sses

sed

a b

c d

1. W

ritte

n A

ssig

nmen

t 35

%

2. O

ral P

rese

ntat

ion

25%

3. C

lass

Par

ticip

atio

n 10

%

4. F

inal

Exa

min

atio

n 30

%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Bot

h w

ritte

n as

sign

men

ts a

nd o

ral

pres

enta

tion

will

foc

us o

n th

e fu

nctio

ns o

f co

mm

unic

atio

n an

d th

e ad

equa

cy o

f la

ngua

ge u

sed

in a

uthe

ntic

soc

ial

setti

ngs.

Th

e fin

al e

xam

inat

ion

aim

s to

obt

ain

an o

bjec

tive

mea

sure

men

t of s

tude

nts’

bas

ic

com

pete

nce

in th

e us

e of

Put

ongh

ua a

nd w

ritte

n C

hine

se.

It em

phas

izes

on

the

accu

racy

of

expr

essi

on i

n bo

th s

poke

n an

d w

ritte

n fo

rms.

Exp

lana

tions

and

ex

erci

ses a

re p

rovi

ded

in c

lass

room

teac

hing

.

Stud

ents

obt

aini

ng a

sub

ject

pas

s m

ust p

ass

both

com

pone

nts,

i.e. t

he c

ontin

uous

as

sess

men

t and

exa

min

atio

n of

the

subj

ect.

Stu

dent

s will

get

failu

re o

f the

subj

ect

if he

/she

fails

in e

ither

one

of t

he tw

o co

mpo

nent

s.

AI - 12

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ar

39 H

rs.

Add

ition

al a

ctiv

ity:

e-

Lear

ning

in P

uton

ghua

and

writ

ten

Chi

nese

9

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

O

utsi

de C

lass

Pra

ctic

e 39

Hrs

.

Se

lf-st

udy

39 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

12

6 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s

1.

于

成鯤

、陳

瑞端

、秦

扶一

、金

振邦

主編

︰《

當代

應用

文寫

作規

範叢

書》，復

旦大

學出版

社，

2011

年。

2.

鍾

文佳︰

《漢

語口才

學》

，西

南師

範大學

出版

社，

2004

年。

3.

李

白堅

、丁

迪蒙

︰《

大學

體型

寫作

訓練

規程

》，

上海

大學

出版

社，

2004

年。

4.

于

成鯤主

編︰

《現代

應用

文》

，復

旦大學

出版

社，

2003

年。

5.

邢

福義、

汪國

勝主編

︰《

現代漢

語》，華

中師

範大學

出版

社，

2003

年。

6.

陳

瑞端著

︰《

生活錯

別字

》，中

華書

局，

2000

年。

7.

李

軍華︰

《口

才學》

，華中理

工大

學出版

社，

1996

年。

8.

陳

建民︰

《說

話的藝

術》

，語文

出版

社，

1994

年。

9.

邵

守義︰

《演

講全書

》，吉林

人民

出版社

，19

91年。

10

. 路德慶主

編︰

《寫作

教程

》，華

東師

範大學

出版

社，

1982

年。

Not

e 1:

Int

ende

d Le

arni

ng O

utco

mes

In

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

sho

uld

stat

e w

hat s

tude

nts

shou

ld b

e ab

le to

do

or a

ttain

upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect.

Subj

ect o

utco

mes

ar

e ex

pect

ed to

con

tribu

te to

the

atta

inm

ent o

f the

ove

rall

prog

ram

me

outc

omes

.

Not

e 2:

Sub

ject

Syn

opsi

s/ In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

The

sylla

bus

shou

ld a

dequ

atel

y ad

dres

s th

e in

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

. At

the

sam

e tim

e ov

er-c

row

ding

of

the

sylla

bus

shou

ld b

e av

oide

d.

Not

e 3:

Tea

chin

g/Le

arni

ng M

etho

dolo

gy

This

sec

tion

shou

ld i

nclu

de a

brie

f de

scrip

tion

of t

he t

each

ing

and

lear

ning

met

hods

to

be e

mpl

oyed

to

faci

litat

e le

arni

ng,

and

a ju

stifi

catio

n of

how

the

met

hods

are

alig

ned

with

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es o

f the

subj

ect.

N

ote

4: A

sses

smen

t Met

hod

This

sec

tion

shou

ld in

clud

e th

e as

sess

men

t met

hod(

s) to

be

used

and

its

rela

tive

wei

ghtin

g, a

nd in

dica

te w

hich

of t

he s

ubje

ct in

tend

ed

lear

ning

out

com

es t

hat

each

met

hod

purp

orts

to

asse

ss.

It sh

ould

als

o pr

ovid

e a

brie

f ex

plan

atio

n of

the

app

ropr

iate

ness

of

the

asse

ssm

ent m

etho

ds in

ass

essin

g th

e in

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

.

AI - 13

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

EE20

02C

Subj

ect T

itle

Circ

uit A

naly

sis

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

1.

Intro

duce

fund

amen

tal c

ircui

t the

ory.

2.

D

evel

op a

bilit

y fo

r sol

ving

pro

blem

s inv

olvi

ng e

lect

ric c

ircui

ts.

3.

Dev

elop

skill

s for

exp

erim

enta

tion

on e

lect

ric c

ircui

ts.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

Prof

essi

onal

/aca

dem

ic k

now

ledg

e an

d sk

ills

1.

Acq

uire

a g

ood

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

fund

amen

tal c

ircui

t the

ory.

2.

So

lve

sim

ple

prob

lem

s in

elec

tric

circ

uits

. 3.

U

se s

uita

ble

inst

rum

enta

tion

to c

arry

out

exp

erim

enta

l in

vest

igat

ions

to

valid

ate

the

theo

retic

al in

vest

igat

ions

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Sylla

bus:

1.

D

C C

ircui

ts

In

trodu

ctio

n to

ele

ctric

circ

uits

. Vol

tage

and

cur

rent

as

two

basi

c va

riabl

es.

Kirc

hhof

f’s

curr

ent

and

volta

ge l

aws.

Inde

pend

ent

and

depe

nden

t so

urce

s. Si

mpl

e ci

rcui

t st

yles

: vo

ltage

div

ider

, cu

rren

t di

vide

r, se

ries

and

para

llel

circ

uits

. N

odal

and

mes

h an

alys

es.

Thév

enin

and

Nor

ton

theo

rem

s. Po

wer

di

ssip

atio

n. S

ourc

e lo

adin

g an

d m

axim

um p

ower

tran

sfer

. 2.

Ca

paci

tanc

e, In

duct

ance

and

Firs

t Ord

er T

rans

ient

s

Cons

titut

ive

rela

tions

of

capa

cito

r an

d in

duct

or.

Intro

duct

ion

to t

ime-

vary

ing

circ

uits.

Sim

ple

RC

and

LC c

ircui

ts. I

mpo

rtant

con

cept

of

inde

pend

ent

state

va

riabl

es. F

irst-o

rder

diff

eren

tial e

quat

ion

(with

sim

ple

solu

tion

of e

xpon

entia

l fo

rm).

Firs

t or

der

trans

ient

an

alys

is.

Tim

e-do

mai

n so

lutio

n an

d tra

nsie

nt

beha

viou

r of f

irst o

rder

circ

uits.

3.

M

utua

l Ind

ucta

nce

and

Tran

sfor

mer

Ba

sic c

oupl

ed i

nduc

tanc

e eq

uatio

n. C

once

pt o

f id

eal

trans

form

er (

assu

min

g sin

usoi

dal v

olta

ges

and

curre

nts)

. Dot

con

vent

ion.

Phy

sical

tran

sfor

mer

as

idea

l tra

nsfo

rmer

with

leak

age

and

mag

netiz

ing

indu

ctan

ces.

App

licat

ions

in g

alva

nic

isola

tion

and

volta

ge/c

urre

nt le

vel c

onve

rsio

n.

4.

St

eady

-sta

te A

naly

sis o

f AC

Circ

uits

Ave

rage

and

rm

s va

lues

. Ph

asor

s (ro

tatin

g ve

ctor

s).

Stea

dy-s

tate

ana

lysis

of

circ

uits

driv

en b

y sin

gle

fixed

fre

quen

cy s

inus

oida

l so

urce

s. Im

peda

nce

and

adm

ittan

ce. A

naly

sis a

ppro

ach

1: p

haso

r dia

gram

s fo

r sim

ple

circ

uits.

Ana

lysis

ap

proa

ch 2

: sy

stem

atic

com

plex

num

ber

anal

ysis,

i.e

. sa

me

treat

men

t as

DC

ci

rcui

ts bu

t w

ith c

ompl

ex n

umbe

rs r

epre

sent

ing

phas

e an

d m

agni

tude

of

AC

vo

ltage

s an

d cu

rrent

s. R

eal

and

reac

tive

pow

ers.

Pow

er f

acto

r. Th

ree-

phas

e ci

rcui

ts.

5.

Elec

trica

l Mea

sure

men

t M

easu

rem

ent

unce

rtain

ties.

Res

ista

nce

mea

sure

men

t: Fo

ur-p

robe

m

easu

rem

ent

and

Whe

atst

one

Brid

ge.

Cap

acita

nce

and

indu

ctan

ce

mea

sure

men

t usi

ng A

C B

ridge

s. Po

wer

Mea

sure

men

t. M

easu

ring

thre

e-ph

ase

pow

er b

y tw

o-w

attm

eter

met

hod.

L

abor

ator

y E

xper

imen

ts:

1.

Kirc

hhof

f’s l

aws a

nd th

e m

axim

um p

ower

tran

sfer

theo

rem

2.

Tr

ansi

ents

in R

C a

nd R

L ci

rcui

ts

3.

AC

Circ

uits

and

Tra

nsfo

rmer

Tes

ts

Tea

chin

g/ L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Lect

ures

, su

pple

men

ted

with

in

tera

ctiv

e qu

estio

ns

and

answ

ers,

and

shor

t qu

izze

s

1, 2

In

lect

ures

, stu

dent

s are

in

trodu

ced

to th

e kn

owle

dge

of th

e su

bjec

t, an

d co

mpr

ehen

sion

is

stre

ngth

ened

with

inte

ract

ive

Q&

A a

nd sh

ort q

uizz

es.

Tuto

rials

, whe

re

prob

lem

s are

di

scus

sed

and

are

give

n to

stud

ents

for

them

to so

lve

1, 2

In

tut

oria

ls,

stud

ents

app

ly

wha

t th

ey

have

le

arnt

in

so

lvin

g th

e pr

oble

ms

give

n by

the

tuto

r.

Labo

rato

ry se

ssio

ns,

whe

re st

uden

ts w

ill

perf

orm

exp

erim

enta

l ve

rific

atio

ns. T

hey

will

hav

e to

reco

rd

resu

lts a

nd w

rite

a re

port

on o

ne o

f the

ex

perim

ents

.

2, 3

St

uden

ts a

cqui

re h

ands

-on

expe

rienc

e in

usi

ng

elec

troni

c eq

uipm

ent a

nd

appl

y w

hat t

hey

have

lear

nt

in le

ctur

es/tu

toria

ls to

ex

perim

enta

lly v

alid

ate

the

theo

retic

al in

vest

igat

ions

.

Ass

ignm

ent a

nd

Hom

ewor

k 1,

2

Thro

ugh

wor

king

as

sign

men

t and

hom

ewor

k,

stud

ents

will

dev

elop

a fi

rm

unde

rsta

ndin

g an

d co

mpr

ehen

sion

of t

he

know

ledg

e ta

ught

.

Alig

nmen

t of

Ass

essm

ent a

nd

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds/

Task

%

W

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

1 2

3 1.

C

ontin

uous

Ass

essm

ent

(T

otal

40%

)

A

ssig

nmen

ts

10%

La

bora

tory

wor

ks a

nd re

ports

10

%

M

id-s

emes

ter t

est

20%

2.

Exam

inat

ion

60%

Tota

l 10

0%

AI - 14

Exp

lana

tion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Spec

ific

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

/Tas

ks

Rem

ark

Ass

ignm

ent/H

omew

ork

Ass

ignm

ents

/Hom

ewor

k ar

e gi

ven

to s

tude

nts

to

asse

ss t

heir

com

pete

nce

leve

l of

kno

wle

dge

and

com

preh

ensi

on.

The

crite

ria

(i.e.

w

hat

to

be

dem

onst

rate

d)

and

leve

l (i.

e.

the

exte

nt)

of

achi

evem

ent

will

be

grad

ed a

ccor

ding

to s

ix l

evel

s:

(A+

and

A),

Goo

d (B

+ an

d B

), Sa

tisfa

ctor

y (C

+ an

d C

), M

argi

nal (

D) a

nd F

ailu

re (F

). Th

ese

will

be

mad

e kn

own

to

the

stud

ents

be

fore

an

as

sign

men

t/hom

ewor

k is

giv

en. F

eedb

ack

abou

t the

ir pe

rfor

man

ce w

ill b

e gi

ven

prom

ptly

to

stud

ents

to

help

them

impr

ovem

ent t

heir

lear

ning

.

Labo

rato

ry w

orks

and

re

ports

St

uden

ts

will

be

re

quire

d to

pe

rform

th

ree

expe

rimen

ts a

nd s

ubm

it a

repo

rt on

one

of

the

expe

rimen

ts. E

xpec

tatio

n an

d gr

adin

g cr

iteria

will

be

give

n as

in th

e ca

se o

f ass

ignm

ent/h

omew

ork.

Mid

-sem

este

r tes

t Th

ere

will

be

a

mid

-sem

este

r te

st

to

eval

uate

st

uden

ts’

achi

evem

ent

of a

ll th

e le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

an

d gi

ve fe

edba

ck to

them

for p

rom

pt im

prov

emen

t. Ex

pect

atio

n an

d gr

adin

g cr

iteria

will

be

give

n as

in

the

case

of a

ssig

nmen

t/hom

ewor

k.

Exam

inat

ion

Ther

e w

ill b

e an

exa

min

atio

n to

ass

ess

stud

ents

’ ac

hiev

emen

t of

all t

he le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

. The

se a

re

mai

nly

sum

mat

ive

in

natu

re.

Expe

ctat

ion

and

grad

ing

crite

ria w

ill b

e gi

ven

as i

n th

e ca

se o

f as

sign

men

t/hom

ewor

k.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d C

lass

con

tact

:

Le

ctur

e 22

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 8

Hrs

.

La

bora

tory

9

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

R

evis

ion

and

Ass

ignm

ents

40

Hrs

.

R

epor

t Writ

ing

12 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort:

9

1 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s

Tex

tboo

k:

1.

C.K

. Ale

xand

er a

nd M

.N.O

. Sad

iku,

Fun

dam

enta

ls o

f El

ectri

c C

ircui

ts, 5

th

Editi

on, N

ew Y

ork:

McG

raw

-Hill

, 201

3.

Ref

eren

ces:

1.

W

.H. H

ayt,

J.E. K

emm

erly

and

S.M

. Dur

bin,

Eng

inee

ring

Circ

uit A

naly

sis,

8th

ed.,

New

Yor

k: M

cGra

w-H

ill, 2

012.

2.

G

. Riz

zoni

, Fun

dam

enta

ls o

f Ele

ctric

al E

ngin

eerin

g, F

irst E

ditio

n, N

ew Y

ork:

M

cGra

w-H

ill, 2

009.

3.

A

.H.

Rob

bins

and

W.C

. M

iller

, C

ircu

it An

alys

is:

Theo

ry a

nd P

ract

ice,

Th

omso

n Le

arni

ng, 5

th e

d., 2

013.

AI - 15

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

EE20

03C

Subj

ect T

itle

Elec

troni

cs

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

C

ircui

t Ana

lysi

s (EE

2002

C)

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

To in

trodu

ce th

e op

erat

ing

prin

cipl

es o

f el

ectro

nic

devi

ces

and

circ

uits

. Sev

eral

fu

ndam

enta

l cla

sses

of

elec

troni

c de

vice

s an

d ci

rcui

ts w

ill b

e co

vere

d, in

clud

ing

diod

es a

nd d

iode

circ

uits

, bip

olar

junc

tion

trans

isto

r (B

JT) a

nd a

mpl

ifier

s, m

etal

-ox

ide-

sem

icon

duct

or

field

-effe

ct

trans

isto

r (M

OSF

ET)

and

ampl

ifier

s, an

d op

erat

iona

l am

plifi

ers.

An

intro

duct

ion

to fr

eque

ncy

dom

ain

anal

ysis

will

als

o be

gi

ven.

Subj

ect I

nten

ded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

U

pon

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

: C

ateg

ory

A: P

rofe

ssio

nal/a

cade

mic

kno

wle

dge

and

skill

s 1.

A

cqui

re s

ome

unde

rsta

ndin

g in

sev

eral

fun

dam

enta

l cl

asse

s of

ele

ctro

nic

devi

ces.

2.

Solv

e ba

sic

prob

lem

s in

elec

troni

c de

vice

s and

circ

uits

. 3.

A

cqui

re b

ette

r ski

lls in

per

form

ing

labo

rato

ry e

xper

imen

ts.

Cat

egor

y B

: Attr

ibut

es fo

r all-

roun

dedn

ess

4.

Perf

orm

ind

epen

dent

lear

ning

in t

he b

asic

ope

ratin

g pr

inci

ples

of

elec

troni

c de

vice

s and

circ

uits

. 5.

W

ork

as a

team

in la

bora

tory

sess

ions

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Sylla

bus:

1.

D

iode

s and

Dio

de C

ircui

ts

Sem

icon

duct

or

basic

s. P-

N

junc

tion

basic

s. In

put,

outp

ut

and

trans

fer

char

acte

ristic

s of

pra

ctic

al d

iode

s. Bi

asin

g th

roug

h lo

ad li

ne c

once

pt. P

ract

ical

di

ode

circ

uits:

rect

ifier

circ

uits,

clip

ping

and

cla

mpi

ng c

ircui

ts.

2.

Tran

sist

ors a

nd B

iasi

ng C

ircui

ts

B

ipol

ar j

unct

ion

trans

isto

r (B

JT).

DC

bia

sing

and

ana

lysi

s of

BJT

circ

uits

. M

etal

-oxi

de-s

emic

ondu

ctor

fie

ld-e

ffec

t tra

nsis

tor

(MO

SFET

). D

C b

iasi

ng

and

anal

ysis

of

MO

SFET

circ

uits

. Lo

ad l

ine

and

grap

hica

l la

rge-

sign

al

anal

ysis

. Tra

nsis

tor a

mpl

ifica

tion

conc

ept.

3.

Tran

sist

or A

mpl

ifier

s and

Sm

all-s

igna

l Con

cept

s B

asic

BJT

and

MO

SFET

am

plifi

er c

onfig

urat

ions

: co

mm

on e

mitt

er a

nd

com

mon

sour

ce c

onfig

urat

ions

. Sm

all-s

igna

l mod

els a

nd p

aram

eter

s. C

once

pt

of tr

ansc

ondu

ctan

ce. V

olta

ge g

ain.

Inpu

t and

out

put i

mpe

danc

es. I

ntro

duct

ion

to lo

adin

g ef

fect

. 4.

O

pera

tiona

l Am

plifi

ers

Idea

l op

erat

iona

l am

plifi

er.

Def

inin

g ch

arac

teris

tics

(i.e.

, in

finite

gai

n an

d in

finite

inp

ut r

esis

tanc

e).

Bas

ic o

p-am

p ci

rcui

ts:

inve

rting

am

plifi

er,

non-

inve

rting

am

plifi

er,

sum

min

g am

plifi

er,

diff

eren

ce a

mpl

ifier

, in

tegr

atin

g

ampl

ifier

an

d di

ffer

entia

ting

ampl

ifier

. Sp

ecifi

c op

-am

p ci

rcui

ts:

inst

rum

enta

tion

ampl

ifier

; cur

rent

-to-v

olta

ge c

onve

rter a

nd v

olta

ge-to

-cur

rent

co

nver

ter.

Des

ign

appl

icat

ions

. 5.

In

trodu

ctio

n to

Fre

quen

cy D

omai

n A

naly

sis

Tran

sfer

fun

ctio

ns f

rom

ac

circ

uits

in te

rms

of jω

. Int

rodu

ctio

n to

fre

quen

cy

dom

ain,

from

jω to

s. G

ener

al s

-dom

ain

trans

fer f

unct

ions

. Sim

ple

first

-ord

er

filte

r ci

rcui

ts. C

once

pts

of p

ole,

cor

ner

freq

uenc

y an

d ba

ndw

idth

. Use

of

jω

axis

for

mag

nitu

de a

nd p

hase

plo

ts f

or s

inus

oida

l driv

ing

sour

ces.

Exte

nsio

n to

asy

mpt

otic

plo

ts a

nd B

ode

plot

s. L

abor

ator

y E

xper

imen

ts:

1.

EE20

03-E

01: B

asic

Dio

de c

ircui

ts.

2.

EE20

03-E

02: D

esig

n of

a S

mal

l-Sig

nal C

omm

on-E

mitt

er B

JT A

mpl

ifier

. 3.

EE

2003

-E03

: Op-

Am

p C

ircui

ts.

Tea

chin

g/ L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Lect

ures

, sup

plem

ente

d w

ith in

tera

ctiv

e qu

estio

ns a

nd a

nsw

ers

1, 2

, 4

In le

ctur

es, s

tude

nts a

re

intro

duce

d to

the

know

ledg

e of

the

subj

ect,

and

com

preh

ensi

on is

st

reng

then

ed w

ith

inte

ract

ive

Q&

A.

Tuto

rials

, whe

re

prob

lem

s are

dis

cuss

ed

and

are

give

n to

st

uden

ts fo

r the

m to

so

lve

1, 2

, 4

In

tuto

rials

, st

uden

ts

appl

y w

hat

they

ha

ve

lear

nt

in

solv

ing

the

prob

lem

s gi

ven

by

the

tuto

r.

Labo

rato

ry se

ssio

ns,

whe

re st

uden

ts w

ill

perf

orm

exp

erim

enta

l ve

rific

atio

ns. T

hey

will

ha

ve to

reco

rd re

sults

an

d w

rite

a re

port

on

one

of th

e ex

perim

ents

.

2, 3

, 5

Stud

ents

acq

uire

han

ds-

on e

xper

ienc

e in

usi

ng

elec

troni

c eq

uipm

ent a

nd

appl

y w

hat t

hey

have

le

arnt

in le

ctur

es/tu

toria

ls

to e

xper

imen

tally

val

idat

e th

e th

eore

tical

in

vest

igat

ions

.

Ass

ignm

ents

1,

2, 3

, 4

Thro

ugh

wor

king

as

sign

men

ts, s

tude

nts w

ill

deve

lop

a fir

m

unde

rsta

ndin

g an

d co

mpr

ehen

sion

of t

he

know

ledg

e ta

ught

.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds,

its a

lignm

ent o

f In

tend

ed S

ubje

ct

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

/Tas

ks

%

Wei

ghtin

gIn

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es

to b

e as

sess

ed

1 2

3 4

5

1.

Con

tinuo

us A

sses

smen

t 40

%

2.

Exam

inat

ion

60%

Tota

l 10

0%

AI - 16

Exp

lana

tion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Spec

ific

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

/Tas

ks

Rem

ark

Ass

ignm

ents

A

ssig

nmen

ts

are

give

n to

st

uden

ts

to

asse

ss

thei

r co

mpe

tenc

e le

vel o

f kno

wle

dge

and

com

preh

ensi

on. T

he

crite

ria (i

.e. w

hat t

o be

dem

onst

rate

d) a

nd le

vel (

i.e. t

he

exte

nt)

of a

chie

vem

ent

will

be

grad

ed a

ccor

ding

to s

ix

leve

ls: (

A+

and

A),

Goo

d (B

+ an

d B

), Sa

tisfa

ctor

y (C

+ an

d C

), M

argi

nal

(D)

and

Failu

re (

F).

Thes

e w

ill b

e m

ade

know

n to

the

stu

dent

s be

fore

an

assi

gnm

ent

is

give

n. F

eedb

ack

abou

t th

eir

perf

orm

ance

will

be

give

n pr

ompt

ly t

o st

uden

ts t

o he

lp t

hem

im

prov

emen

t th

eir

lear

ning

.

Labo

rato

ry w

orks

an

d re

ports

St

uden

ts w

ill b

e re

quire

d to

per

form

thre

e ex

perim

ents

an

d su

bmit

a re

port

on

one

of

the

expe

rimen

ts.

Expe

ctat

ion

and

grad

ing

crite

ria w

ill b

e gi

ven

as in

the

case

of a

ssig

nmen

ts.

Mid

-sem

este

r tes

t Th

ere

will

be

a m

id-s

emes

ter

test

to e

valu

ate

stud

ents

’ ac

hiev

emen

t of

all

the

lear

ning

out

com

es a

nd g

ive

feed

back

to th

em f

or p

rom

pt im

prov

emen

t. Ex

pect

atio

n an

d gr

adin

g cr

iteria

will

be

give

n as

in

the

case

of

assi

gnm

ents

.

End-

of-s

emes

ter

test

and

Ex

amin

atio

n

Ther

e w

ill b

e an

end

-of-

sem

este

r te

st a

nd e

xam

inat

ion

to a

sses

s st

uden

ts’

achi

evem

ent

of a

ll th

e le

arni

ng

outc

omes

. Th

ese

are

mai

nly

sum

mat

ive

in

natu

re.

Expe

ctat

ion

and

grad

ing

crite

ria w

ill b

e gi

ven

as in

the

case

of a

ssig

nmen

ts.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d C

lass

con

tact

:

Le

ctur

e 24

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 6

Hrs

.

La

bora

tory

9

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

R

evis

ion

41 H

rs.

Tu

toria

l & A

ssig

nmen

ts

12 H

rs.

La

bora

tory

logb

ook

& re

port

writ

ings

8

Hrs

.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort:

10

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s T

extb

ook:

1.

D

onal

d A

. Nea

men

, Mic

roel

ectr

onic

s: C

ircu

it An

alys

is a

nd D

esig

n, 3

rd e

d.,

Bos

ton:

McG

raw

-Hill

, 200

6.

Ref

eren

ces:

1.

G

. R

izzo

ni,

Prin

cipl

es a

nd A

pplic

atio

ns o

f El

ectri

cal

Engi

neer

ing,

Fift

h Ed

ition

, New

Yor

k: M

cGra

w-H

ill, 2

006.

2.

W

.H. H

ayt,

J.E. K

emm

erly

and

S.M

. Dur

bin,

Eng

inee

ring

Circ

uit

Ana

lysi

s, 7t

h ed

., N

ew Y

ork:

McG

raw

-Hill

, 200

6.

3.

A.H

. R

obbi

ns a

nd W

.C.

Mill

er,

Circ

uit

Ana

lysi

s: T

heor

y an

d Pr

actic

e,

Thom

son

Lear

ning

, 5th

ed.

, 201

2.

AI - 17

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

EE20

04C

Subj

ect T

itle

Elec

trica

l Ene

rgy

Syst

ems F

unda

men

tals

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

Circ

uit A

naly

sis (

EE20

02C

)

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

1.

To p

rovi

de a

n ov

ervi

ew o

f the

supp

ly, u

tiliz

atio

n, a

nd c

ontro

l of e

lect

rical

en

ergy

. 2.

To

intro

duce

ene

rgy

and

envi

ronm

enta

l iss

ues,

and

assi

st st

uden

ts in

pla

cing

th

ese

topi

cs a

nd te

chno

logi

es in

per

spec

tive.

Subj

ect I

nten

ded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

U

pon

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le:

a.

To m

aste

r the

fund

amen

tal k

now

ledg

e on

ele

ctric

al e

nerg

y sy

stem

s. b.

To

ide

ntify

, an

alyz

e, a

nd s

olve

tec

hnic

al p

robl

ems

usin

g m

athe

mat

ics

and

engi

neer

ing

tech

niqu

es.

c.

To b

e aw

are

of e

quip

men

t cha

ract

eris

tics

and

envi

ronm

ent i

ssue

s on

mod

ern

elec

trica

l pow

er sy

stem

s. d.

To

be

able

to c

ondu

ct la

bora

tory

wor

k in

team

s and

pre

sent

the

findi

ngs.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Nat

ure

of e

lect

rica

l en

ergy

sys

tem

: Po

wer

sys

tem

lay

out,

trans

mis

sion

and

di

strib

utio

n st

ruct

ure,

role

of t

rans

form

ers.

The

inte

rcon

nect

ed p

ower

sys

tem

. H

VD

C tr

ansm

issi

on.

Layo

ut o

f a s

ubst

atio

n, d

istri

butio

n st

ruct

ure,

ove

rhea

d lin

es a

nd c

able

s, ci

rcui

t bre

akin

g, o

verv

olta

ge p

rote

ctio

n, p

rote

ctio

n co

ncep

ts.

2.

Gen

erat

ion,

ene

rgy

& e

nviro

nmen

t: Pr

inci

ples

of

ener

gy c

onve

rsio

n, p

ower

pl

ant

and

busb

ar l

ayou

t, ty

pes

of g

ener

ator

s an

d tu

rbin

es.

Con

cept

of

gene

ratio

n co

ntro

l an

d op

erat

ing

char

t. Pu

mpe

d st

orag

e an

d w

ind

turb

ine.

R

enew

able

an

d no

n-re

new

able

so

urce

s. So

urce

s of

po

llutio

n an

d en

viro

nmen

tal i

mpa

cts.

Sust

aina

ble

deve

lopm

ent.

3.

Tran

sfor

mer

s: C

onst

ruct

ion

and

oper

atin

g pr

inci

ples

. Eq

uiva

lent

circ

uits

. Vo

ltage

re

gula

tion

and

effic

ienc

y.

Para

llel

oper

atio

n.

Thre

e-ph

ase

trans

form

ers a

nd p

hase

gro

upin

g. P

er-p

hase

ana

lysi

s. A

utot

rans

form

ers.

4.

Line

&

ca

bles

: O

verh

ead

line

cons

truct

ion

incl

udin

g tra

nspo

sitio

n an

d bu

ndlin

g. P

rimar

y (R

LCG

) and

gen

eral

(AB

CD

) par

amet

er c

alcu

latio

ns. L

ine

equa

tions

and

per

form

ance

cha

rts. C

oron

a lo

ss a

nd in

terf

eren

ce. C

able

type

s an

d co

nstru

ctio

n.

5.

Tari

ffs:

Con

cept

s of

tar

iff d

esig

n. T

ariff

stru

ctur

es.

Con

vent

iona

l an

d ne

w

tarif

fs i

n di

ffer

ent

utili

ties.

Dyn

amic

tar

iff,

mar

gina

l m

etho

ds a

nd l

oad

man

agem

ent c

once

pts.

L

abor

ator

y E

xper

imen

t:

Expe

rimen

ts o

n si

ngle

pha

se tr

ansf

orm

er.

Expe

rimen

ts o

n th

ree

phas

e tra

nsfo

rmer

. C

ase

stud

y:

The

envi

ronm

enta

l im

pact

s of n

ucle

ar p

ower

gen

erat

ion.

Th

e en

viro

nmen

tal i

mpa

cts o

f fos

sil f

uel p

ower

gen

erat

ion.

Th

e en

viro

nmen

tal i

mpa

cts o

n th

e de

velo

pmen

t of l

arge

scal

e hy

drop

ower

stat

ion.

W

hy m

oder

n el

ectri

c po

wer

syst

ems a

re o

ften

inte

rcon

nect

ed.

The

rene

wab

le e

nerg

y so

urce

s whi

ch m

ay b

e us

ed in

Hon

g K

ong.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Lect

ures

are

the

prim

ary

mea

ns o

f co

nvey

ing

the

basi

c co

ncep

ts a

nd k

now

ledg

e,

teac

hing

stu

dent

s th

e sk

ills

in i

dent

ifyin

g, a

naly

zing

and

sol

ving

tec

hnic

al

prob

lem

s, an

d pr

ovid

ing

stud

ents

fe

edba

ck

in

rela

tion

to

thei

r le

arni

ng.

Labo

rato

ry e

xper

imen

ts a

nd c

ase

stud

ies

are

desi

gned

, as

sup

plem

ent

to t

he

lect

urin

g m

ater

ials

, fo

r st

uden

ts t

o ga

in p

ract

ical

exp

erie

nces

and

be

awar

e of

eq

uipm

ent c

hara

cter

istic

s an

d en

viro

nmen

t iss

ues

on th

e m

oder

n el

ectri

cal p

ower

sy

stem

. Te

achi

ng/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

O

utco

mes

a

b c

d Le

ctur

es

C

ase

stud

ies

Ex

perim

ents

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c d

1. E

xam

inat

ion

60%

2. C

lass

test

s 20

%

3.

Lab

per

form

ance

and

repo

rt 10

%

4. C

ase

stud

ies

10%

Tota

l 10

0%

The

outc

omes

on

conc

epts

, des

ign

and

appl

icat

ions

are

ass

esse

d by

exa

min

atio

ns

and

test

s w

hils

t th

ose

on a

naly

tical

ski

lls,

prob

lem

sol

ving

tec

hniq

ues

and

prac

tical

con

side

ratio

ns o

f el

ectri

cal

ener

gy s

yste

ms,

as w

ell

as t

eam

wor

k an

d te

chni

cal

repo

rt w

ritin

g ab

ilitie

s ar

e ev

alua

ted

by l

ab p

erfo

rman

ce a

nd r

epor

ts,

and

assi

gnm

ent /

cas

e st

udy

repo

rts.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 36

Hrs

.

La

bora

tory

3

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

La

bora

tory

pre

para

tion

/ rep

ort

12 H

rs.

C

ase

stud

y / S

elf-

stud

y 46

Hrs

.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

97

Hrs

.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s Te

xtbo

oks:

1.

J. G

rain

ger,

W. D

. Ste

vens

on, P

ower

Sys

tem

Ana

lysi

s, M

cGra

w-H

ill, L

ates

t ed

ition

2.

B

. M

. W

eedy

, B

. J.

Cor

y, N

. Je

nkin

s, J.

B.

Ekan

ayak

e, G

. St

rbac

, El

ectri

c Po

wer

Sys

tem

s, 5t

h Ed

ition

, Wile

y, 2

012

3.

M. E

. El-H

awar

y, E

lect

rical

ene

rgy

syst

ems,

2nd

Editi

on, C

RC

Pre

ss, 2

008

Ref

eren

ce b

ooks

: 1.

H

. Saa

dat,

Pow

er S

yste

m A

naly

sis,

3nd

Editi

on, M

cGra

w H

ill, 2

010

2.

A. R

. Ber

gen,

V. V

ittal

, Pow

er S

yste

m A

naly

sis,

2nd

Editi

on, P

rent

ice-

Hal

l, 20

00

3.

J.D

. Glo

ver,

M. S

. Sar

ma,

T.J.

Ove

rbye

, Pow

er S

yste

m A

naly

sis a

nd D

esig

n,

5th

Editi

on, C

enga

ge L

earn

ing,

201

1

AI - 18

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

EE20

07C

Subj

ect T

itle

Com

pute

r Sys

tem

Fun

dam

enta

ls

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

1.

To e

nabl

e st

uden

ts to

est

ablis

h a

broa

d kn

owle

dge

of th

e or

gani

zatio

n an

d co

mpo

nent

s inc

lude

d in

a sm

all c

ompu

ter s

yste

m.

2.

To e

nabl

e st

uden

ts to

und

erst

and

and

appl

y as

sem

bly

lang

uage

pro

gram

min

g.

3.

To e

nabl

e st

uden

ts to

dev

elop

a si

mpl

e em

bedd

ed c

ompu

ter s

yste

m

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

a.

Giv

en

spec

ifica

tions

of

an

ap

plic

atio

n an

d th

e in

stru

ctio

n se

t of

th

e m

icro

proc

esso

r, de

sign

an

asse

mbl

y pr

ogra

m t

o ca

rry

out

the

nece

ssar

y op

erat

ions

. b.

A

ppre

ciat

e ad

vanc

ed f

eatu

res

of t

he l

ates

t m

icro

proc

esso

rs a

nd u

nder

stan

d fu

nctio

ns o

f bas

ic c

ompu

ter p

erip

hera

ls.

c.

Giv

en a

set o

f con

ditio

ns, d

esig

n a

basi

c co

mpu

ter s

yste

m.

d.

Thin

k lo

gica

lly a

nd b

e ab

le to

pre

sent

resu

lts in

writ

ing.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Com

pute

r Sy

stem

s Har

dwar

e an

d O

pera

tions

1.

Proc

esso

r op

erat

ion

and

inte

rnal

arc

hite

ctur

e: O

pera

tions

of

data

reg

iste

rs,

buse

s an

d da

ta p

ath,

ope

ratio

ns o

f A

LU a

nd g

ener

al p

ipel

ine

arch

itect

ure.

In

trodu

ctio

n to

stru

ctur

e an

d op

erat

ion

of a

mod

ern

mic

ropr

oces

sor.

2.

M

emor

y or

gani

zatio

n:

Cha

ract

eris

tics

of

curr

ent

mem

ory

tech

nolo

gies

. M

emor

y hi

erar

chie

s and

mem

ory

deco

ding

mec

hani

sm.

3.

In

put

and

outp

ut s

yste

ms:

Dire

ct I

/O s

yste

m a

nd m

emor

y m

appe

d I/O

; ha

ndsh

akin

g co

ntro

l, pr

ogra

mm

ed I

/O;

inte

rrup

t an

d po

lling

mec

hani

sms.

Mem

ory

syst

em o

pera

tion

and

desi

gn.

4.

M

icro

proc

esso

r ha

rdw

are

and

inte

rfac

ing:

Sys

tem

bus

org

aniz

atio

n an

d in

terf

acin

g te

chni

ques

, C

PU b

us t

imin

g, s

yste

m b

us s

truct

ure,

des

ign

of

inpu

t/out

put

syst

em.

Inte

rfac

e an

d op

erat

ions

of

LSI

chip

s ap

plie

d in

a

com

pute

r sys

tem

incl

udin

g: in

terr

upt c

ontro

ller,

timer

, UA

RT

and

PIO

.

Ass

embl

y L

angu

age

Prog

ram

min

g 1.

M

emor

y ad

dres

sing

spa

ce a

nd d

ata

repr

esen

tatio

n: I

nter

nal

regi

ster

s of

80

86, A

ddre

ssin

g m

odes

in 8

086

softw

are

mod

el.

2.

Asse

mbl

y la

ngua

ge p

rogr

am:

Bas

ic e

lem

ents

of

an a

ssem

bly

lang

uage

pr

ogra

m,

inst

ruct

ion

mne

mon

ics

and

dire

ctiv

es,

arith

met

ic o

pera

tions

and

lo

gica

l ope

ratio

ns.

3.

Cod

ing

and

debu

ggin

g: C

onve

rsio

n of

sour

ce p

rogr

ams t

o m

achi

ne c

odes

, us

e of

softw

are

debu

ggin

g m

onito

r, C

ompi

latio

n of

ass

embl

y so

urce

pr

ogra

m, l

inki

ng o

f obj

ect f

iles.

Lab

orat

ory

Exp

erim

ent:

Pe

rfor

m b

asic

inpu

t/out

put o

pera

tions

of a

mic

roco

ntro

ller b

y as

sem

bly

lang

uage

pr

ogra

mm

ing.

Sp

eed

cont

rol

of a

DC

mot

or u

sing

a m

icro

cont

rolle

r an

d as

sem

bly

lang

uage

pr

ogra

mm

ing.

Im

plem

ent t

he in

terr

upt s

ervi

ce p

rogr

am in

an

embe

dded

mic

roco

ntro

ller.

Tea

chin

g/ L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Lect

ures

and

tuto

rials

are

the

prim

ary

mea

ns o

f con

veyi

ng th

e ba

sic

conc

epts

and

th

eorie

s. Ex

perie

nces

on

desi

gn,

prac

tical

app

licat

ions

and

pro

gram

min

g ar

e gi

ven

thro

ugh

expe

rimen

ts,

in w

hich

the

stu

dent

s ar

e ex

pect

ed t

o so

lve

desi

gn

prob

lem

s with

real

-life

con

stra

ints

and

to a

ttain

feas

ible

solu

tions

with

crit

ical

and

an

alyt

ical

thi

nkin

g. I

nter

activ

e la

bora

tory

ses

sion

s ar

e in

trodu

ced

to e

ncou

rage

be

tter

prep

arat

ion

and

henc

e un

ders

tand

ing

of t

he e

xper

imen

ts.

On-

the-

spot

as

sess

men

ts a

re c

ondu

cted

in th

e la

bora

tory

to p

rovi

de a

dditi

onal

ince

ntiv

es f

or

stud

ent l

earn

ing.

Exp

erim

ents

are

des

igne

d to

sup

plem

ent t

he le

ctur

ing

mat

eria

ls,

espe

cial

ly

in

asse

mbl

y la

ngua

ge

prog

ram

min

g,

so

that

th

e st

uden

ts

are

enco

urag

ed to

take

ext

ra re

adin

gs a

nd to

look

for r

elev

ant i

nfor

mat

ion.

Te

achi

ng/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

O

utco

mes

a b

c d

Lect

ures

and

tuto

rials

Tuto

rials

Expe

rimen

ts

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

W

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be

asse

ssed

a b

c d

1. E

xam

inat

ion

60%

2. C

lass

Tes

t 15

%

3. L

abor

ator

y pe

rform

ance

& re

port

15%

4. E

xerc

ises

10

%

Tota

l 10

0%

It

is a

fun

dam

enta

l co

mpu

ter

arch

itect

ure

subj

ect.

The

outc

omes

on

conc

epts

, de

sign

and

app

licat

ions

are

ass

esse

d by

the

usua

l mea

ns o

f ex

amin

atio

n an

d te

st

whi

lst

thos

e on

an

alyt

ical

sk

ills,

prob

lem

-sol

ving

te

chni

ques

an

d pr

actic

al

cons

ider

atio

ns o

f pr

ogra

mm

ing,

as

wel

l as

tec

hnic

al r

epor

ting

are

eval

uate

d by

ex

perim

ents

, and

the

repo

rt.

AI - 19

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d C

lass

con

tact

:

Le

ctur

e/ T

utor

ial

30 H

rs.

La

bora

tory

9

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

La

bora

tory

pre

para

tion/

repo

rt 12

Hrs

.

Se

lf-st

udy

45 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort:

96

Hrs

.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s T

extb

ook:

1.

C

. H

amac

her,

Z.

Vra

nesi

c,

S.

Zaky

, an

d N

. M

anjik

ian,

C

ompu

ter

Org

aniz

atio

n an

d Em

bedd

ed S

yste

ms,

6th

Editi

on, M

cGra

w-H

ill, 2

012

2.

J.L.

Hen

ness

y an

d D

.A.

Patte

rson

, C

ompu

ter

Arc

hite

ctur

e: A

Qua

ntita

tive

App

roac

h, 5

th E

ditio

n, E

lsev

ier,

2012

3.

B

.B.

Bre

y,

The

Inte

l M

icro

proc

esso

rs

Arc

hite

ctur

e,

Prog

ram

min

g,

and

Inte

rfaci

ng. 8

th E

ditio

n, P

rent

ice

Hal

l, 20

08

4.

K.R

. Ir

vine

, A

ssem

bly

Lang

uage

for

Int

el-B

ased

Com

pute

rs,

5th

Editi

on,

Pren

tice

Hal

l, 20

06

R

efer

ence

s:

1.

A.K

. Ray

, Adv

ance

d M

icro

proc

esso

rs &

Per

iphe

rals

, McG

raw

-Hill

, 200

6 2.

R

.J.

Tocc

i an

d F.

J. A

mbr

osio

, M

icro

proc

esso

rs

and

Mic

roco

mpu

ters

: H

ardw

are

and

Softw

are,

6th

Edi

tion,

Pre

ntic

e H

all,

2003

3.

W

.A.

Trie

bel

and

A.

Sing

h,

The

8088

an

d 80

86

Mic

ropr

oces

sors

: Pr

ogra

mm

ing,

In

terfa

cing

, Sof

twar

e, H

ardw

are,

and

App

licat

ions

, 4th

Edi

tion,

Pre

ntic

e H

all,

2003

AI - 20

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

EE20

09C

Subj

ect T

itle

Gro

up P

roje

ct

Cre

dit V

alue

6

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

Th

e st

uden

t sho

uld

have

com

plet

ed m

ost o

f th

e su

bjec

ts r

equi

red

in Y

ear

1 of

the

prog

ram

me

incl

udin

g th

e on

line

tuto

rial

on a

cade

mic

int

egrit

y be

fore

tak

ing

this

su

bjec

t. Th

e en

rollm

ent

of th

is s

ubje

ct i

s su

bjec

ted

to th

e ap

prov

al o

f th

e Pr

ojec

t C

oord

inat

or

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

To p

rovi

de a

n op

portu

nity

for s

tude

nts:

1.

to a

pply

spe

cial

ized

pro

fess

iona

l en

gine

erin

g kn

owle

dge

inde

pend

ently

as

a gr

oup

in th

e cr

eativ

e de

sign

, im

plem

enta

tion,

mon

itorin

g an

d ev

alua

tion

of a

n en

gine

erin

g pr

ojec

t,

2.

to a

chie

ve th

is g

oal,

stud

ents

are

requ

ired

to id

entif

y ke

y en

gine

erin

g pr

oble

ms,

to so

lve

them

and

to c

omm

unic

ate

the

findi

ngs i

n or

al a

nd w

ritte

n re

port

form

at,

and

3.

to w

ork

effe

ctiv

ely

and

effic

ient

ly a

s a

team

for a

tech

nica

l pro

ject

(stu

dent

s ar

e no

rmal

ly g

roup

ed in

to te

ams o

f thr

ee.)

Subj

ect I

nten

ded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

U

pon

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

a.

appl

y sp

ecia

lized

kno

wle

dge;

b.

id

entif

y ke

y en

gine

erin

g pr

oble

ms,

to s

olve

them

and

to c

omm

unic

ate

wha

t is

achi

eved

ora

lly a

nd in

a w

ritte

n re

port;

d.

m

onito

r th

e pr

ogre

ss o

f pr

ojec

t fr

om c

once

pt t

o fin

al i

mpl

emen

tatio

n an

d te

stin

g, th

roug

h pr

oble

m d

efin

ition

; e.

sy

nthe

size

and

app

ly th

eir

know

ledg

e, a

naly

tical

and

pra

ctic

al s

kills

gai

ned

in

vario

us d

isci

plin

es;

f. bu

ild t

eam

spi

rit,

conf

iden

ce a

nd d

evel

op p

rofe

ssio

nalis

m b

y su

cces

sful

ly

com

plet

ing

the

proj

ect.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Cho

ice

of P

roje

ct

Proj

ects

are

pro

pose

d by

aca

dem

ic s

taff,

or

join

tly b

y st

uden

t and

sta

ff. I

ndus

trial

ex

perie

nce

and

staf

f res

earc

h an

d co

nsul

tanc

y ac

tiviti

es a

re fe

rtile

gro

und

for i

deas

. Pr

ojec

t pr

opos

als

mus

t in

clud

e an

abs

tract

, ob

ject

ives

, de

scrib

e th

e m

etho

d of

ap

proa

ch, d

escr

ibe

any

inno

vativ

e fe

atur

es, a

nd p

rovi

de a

n es

timat

ion

of c

ost.

The

suita

bilit

y of

a p

ropo

sal m

ay b

e ju

dged

by

fact

ors

such

as

its in

telle

ctua

l lev

el,

leve

l of

diff

icul

ty i

n te

chni

cal

aspe

cts,

rele

vanc

e to

the

aim

s of

the

pro

gram

me,

pr

actic

ality

in te

rms o

f tim

e, fu

ndin

g an

d av

aila

bilit

y of

reso

urce

s.

Proj

ect P

lan

At t

he b

egin

ning

of t

he p

roje

ct, s

tude

nts

are

requ

ired

to s

ubm

it a

clea

r pro

ject

pla

n (f

orm

al p

roje

ct p

ropo

sal).

Th

e pl

an s

houl

d no

t be

too

long

but

sho

uld

cove

r su

ch

mat

ters

as:

an

abs

tract

and

cle

ar o

bjec

tives

of t

he p

roje

ct;

br

ief l

itera

ture

surv

ey, b

ackg

roun

d th

eory

;

sugg

este

d m

etho

ds to

solv

e th

e pr

oble

m;

pr

elim

inar

y tim

e sc

hedu

le;

co

st e

stim

ate;

refe

renc

es

Inte

rim

Pro

gres

s Rep

ort

A p

rogr

ess

repo

rt su

bmitt

ed b

etw

een

the

end

of th

e 1st

sem

este

r and

the

star

t of t

he

2nd se

mes

ter,

whe

n st

uden

ts p

rodu

ce a

sum

mar

y of

thei

r pro

gres

s to

date

. Thi

s giv

es

the

supe

rvis

or a

mor

e fo

rmal

opp

ortu

nity

tha

n at

dis

cuss

ions

to

indi

cate

his

as

sess

men

t of

stu

dent

s’ pr

ogre

ss a

nd t

o el

imin

ate

disc

repa

ncie

s if

nece

ssar

y.

Prob

lem

cas

es a

re b

roug

ht to

the

notic

e of

the

proj

ect c

oord

inat

or b

y su

perv

isor

s.

Fina

l Pro

ject

Rep

ort

A g

ood

proj

ect

sche

dule

inc

lude

s ad

equa

te t

ime

for

prep

arin

g a

repo

rt of

the

ap

prop

riate

sta

ndar

d. T

he f

inal

rep

ort s

houl

d be

sub

mitt

ed b

efor

e th

e ex

amin

atio

n pe

riod.

The

se w

ill b

e gi

ven

to t

he A

sses

smen

t Pa

nel

(see

Ass

essm

ent

belo

w)

for

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

the

stud

ents

’ wor

k an

d fo

r ass

essm

ent p

urpo

se. T

o en

sure

that

the

proj

ect r

epor

t is

prep

ared

pro

perly

and

of a

ppro

pria

te s

tand

ard,

stu

dent

gro

up m

ust

first

sub

mit

a dr

aft

of t

he r

epor

t to

the

sup

ervi

sor

for

com

men

ts b

efor

e fin

al

subm

issi

on.

At t

he e

nd o

f the

pro

ject

, eac

h pr

ojec

t is

asse

ssed

by

an A

sses

smen

t Pan

el o

f thr

ee

mem

bers

, in

clud

ing

a C

hairm

an,

an

inde

pend

ent

exam

iner

an

d th

e pr

ojec

t Su

perv

isor

. Th

e C

hairm

an a

nd t

he i

ndep

ende

nt e

xam

iner

sho

uld

have

suf

ficie

nt

know

ledg

e of

the

subj

ect a

rea,

so a

s to

form

an

inde

pend

ent o

pini

on o

f the

tech

nica

l m

erit

of th

e pr

ojec

t and

to in

depe

nden

tly a

sses

s ach

ieve

men

ts.

The

Proj

ect S

uper

viso

r will

pro

vide

info

rmat

ion

on st

uden

ts’ p

rogr

ess,

initi

ativ

e an

d ab

ility

to

wor

k in

depe

nden

tly.

The

Sup

ervi

sor

will

als

o be

in

a po

sitio

n to

co

ntrib

ute

view

s on

the

stu

dent

s’ te

chni

cal

achi

evem

ent.

All

mem

bers

of

the

Ass

essm

ent P

anel

will

rea

d th

e pr

ojec

t rep

ort b

efor

e th

e as

sess

men

t mee

ting.

The

A

sses

smen

t Pan

el w

ill re

ach

thei

r dec

isio

n af

ter:

lis

teni

ng to

the

stud

ent’s

pre

sent

atio

n (c

ould

be

a vi

deo

clip

),

exam

inin

g hi

m o

rally

on

his w

ork,

and

eval

uate

the

pro

ject

’s o

utco

me

base

d on

a

dem

onst

ratio

n (c

ould

be

a vi

deo

clip

).

Ass

essm

ent

In a

sses

sing

the

proj

ect,

the

pane

l will

typi

cally

con

side

r the

follo

win

g as

pect

s:

a.

Inte

llect

ual a

chie

vem

ent;

b.

Dep

th o

f und

erst

andi

ng o

f the

topi

c an

d re

leva

nt a

llied

topi

cs;

c.

Qua

ntity

and

qua

lity

of w

ork

done

, in

clud

ing

desi

gn a

nd c

onst

ruct

ion

of

equi

pmen

t, ex

perim

enta

tion,

m

athe

mat

ical

m

odel

s, pr

ogra

m

writ

ing,

ve

rific

atio

n;

d.

Pres

enta

tion

incl

udin

g th

e w

ritte

n re

port,

sem

inar

pre

sent

atio

n an

d re

spon

se to

qu

estio

ns.

The

Cha

irman

will

ens

ure

that

all

aspe

cts o

f the

pro

ject

are

thor

ough

ly d

iscu

ssed

by

the

Pane

l bef

ore

arriv

ing

at a

con

sens

us o

n an

ove

rall

grad

e to

be

awar

ded

to th

e pr

ojec

t. In

arr

ivin

g at

thei

r dec

isio

n, th

e Pa

nel w

ill b

ear i

n m

ind

thei

r exp

erie

nces

in

resp

ect o

f th

e ac

hiev

emen

ts in

oth

er p

roje

cts

in th

e D

epar

tmen

t in

the

curr

ent a

nd

prev

ious

yea

rs.

If n

o co

nsen

sus

aris

es a

s to

the

ove

rall

grad

e to

be

awar

ded

to t

he p

roje

ct, e

ach

pane

l m

embe

r (i.

e. t

he C

hairm

an,

the

proj

ect

supe

rvis

or a

nd t

he i

ndep

ende

nt

exam

iner

) w

ill i

ndep

ende

ntly

aw

ard

grad

es t

o th

e pr

ojec

t on

an

asse

ssm

ent

form

w

ith w

ritte

n ju

stifi

catio

n fo

r the

ir gr

ades

. A

gra

de fr

om th

e A

sses

smen

t Pan

el w

ill

then

be

deriv

ed b

y av

erag

ing

(with

the

sam

e w

eigh

t) th

e co

nver

sion

mar

ks f

or th

e gr

ades

giv

en b

y th

e th

ree

acad

emic

s con

stitu

ting

the A

sses

smen

t Pan

el.

AI - 21

Met

hod

of A

sses

smen

t:

100%

con

tinuo

us a

sses

smen

t

(I)

Form

al P

roje

ct P

ropo

sal

Stud

ents

are

requ

ired

to

subm

it a

form

al

proj

ect

prop

osal

w

hen

the

proj

ect

com

men

ces.

Thi

s will

con

trib

ute

to 5

% o

f the

fina

l gra

de.

The

cont

ents

of t

he p

ropo

sal s

houl

d in

clud

e:

A.

An

abstr

act a

nd a

ims o

f the

pro

ject

B

. Pr

opos

ed s

peci

ficat

ions

of

the

prod

uct (

no m

atte

r it

is a

hard

war

e or

sof

twar

e pr

ojec

t) C

. Su

mm

ary

of th

e lit

erat

ure

sear

ch d

one

up-to

-dat

e.

D.

Prop

osed

app

roac

h/m

etho

dolo

gy to

be

used

E.

So

me

brie

f des

crip

tions

on

the

theo

ry o

f the

app

roac

h/m

etho

dolo

gy

F.

Tim

e ta

ble

/ sch

edul

e of

you

r wor

k of

the

entir

e pr

ojec

t G

. R

efer

ence

s

Ass

essm

ent C

rite

ria

1.

Lite

ratu

re re

view

2.

Pr

oble

m d

efin

ition

3.

W

ritin

g qu

ality

(II)

The

Inte

rim

Pro

gres

s Rep

ort

Stud

ents

are

also

requ

ired

to s

ubm

it an

inte

rim p

rogr

ess

repo

rt at

abo

ut th

e m

iddl

e of

pr

ojec

t dur

atio

n. T

his w

ill c

ontr

ibut

e to

15%

of t

he fi

nal g

rade

.

The

cont

ents

of th

e pr

ogre

ss re

port

shou

ld in

clud

e:

A.

An

abstr

act

and

aim

s of

the

pro

ject

(es

peci

ally

any

cha

nge

from

the

orig

inal

ai

ms)

. B

. B

rief o

utlin

e of

the

theo

ry.

C.

Wor

k th

at h

as b

een

carri

ed o

ut u

p to

the

date

. D

. Th

e sy

stem

des

ign

and

the

bloc

k di

agra

m o

f th

e sy

stem

, pl

us s

ome

brie

f de

scrip

tions

on

the

theo

ry.

E.

Diff

icul

ties e

ncou

nter

ed a

nd th

e m

easu

res t

aken

to so

lve

them

. F.

Pr

opos

ed sc

hedu

le fo

r the

rest

of th

e w

ork

up to

the

end

of th

e pr

ojec

t. G

. D

iffic

ultie

s exp

ecte

d in

the

com

ing

perio

d.

Ass

essm

ent C

rite

ria

1.

Met

hod:

alte

rnat

ives

and

feas

ibili

ty

2.

Des

ign

/ Im

plem

enta

tion

/ Res

ults

3.

Pr

ojec

t man

agem

ent

4.

Wri

ting

qual

ity

(III

) T

he F

inal

Rep

ort

In w

ritin

g a

repo

rt it

is ad

visa

ble

to f

orm

a f

ram

ewor

k fo

r th

e re

port

first.

You

may

sta

rt w

ith th

e fo

rmat

ion

of th

e tit

les o

f the

cha

pter

s. Th

en y

ou p

roce

ed o

n to

dec

ide

the

title

s an

d str

uctu

re o

f the

sec

tions

with

in e

ach

chap

ter.

Cont

inui

ng th

e pr

oces

s, ea

ch

sect

ion

may

be

furth

er e

xpan

ded

into

app

ropr

iate

sub

-sec

tions

, di

visio

ns a

nd s

ub-

divi

sions

etc

., un

til a

com

plet

e fra

mew

ork

is f

orm

ed.

The

fin

al

repo

rt

will

co

ntri

bute

to 5

0% o

f the

fina

l gra

de.

The

cont

ent o

f the

fina

l rep

ort i

nclu

des:

A.

An

abstr

act

and

aim

s of

the

pro

ject

(es

peci

ally

any

cha

nge

from

the

orig

inal

ai

ms)

. B

. Th

e m

otiv

atio

n be

hind

the

proj

ect a

nd a

brie

f out

line

of th

e pr

ojec

t wor

k.

C.

A su

mm

ary

of w

ork

done

or d

evel

oped

in th

e pr

ojec

t (no

t wor

k do

ne b

y ot

hers

). D

. Th

e sy

stem

des

ign

and

the

bloc

k di

agra

m o

f th

e sy

stem

, pl

us s

ome

brie

f de

scrip

tions

on

the

theo

ry.

E.

Testi

ng a

nd si

mul

atio

n re

sults

. F.

C

omm

ents

on

resu

lts o

btai

ned.

G.

Diff

icul

ties e

ncou

nter

ed a

nd th

e m

easu

res t

aken

to so

lve

them

. H

. Th

e ac

hiev

emen

t of t

he p

roje

ct, t

he c

oncl

usio

ns fr

om th

e w

ork

and

sugg

estio

ns

for f

urth

er w

ork.

I.

Mat

eria

ls w

hich

are

clo

sely

rela

ted

to th

e co

nten

ts o

f the

repo

rt, a

nd w

hich

are

th

emse

lves

self-

cont

aine

d, m

ay b

e in

clud

ed in

the

repo

rt as

app

endi

xes.

J. A

list

of th

e re

fere

nces

refe

rred

to th

e so

urce

of i

nfor

mat

ion

in th

e re

port.

Thi

s is

com

pulso

ry.

Ass

essm

ent C

rite

ria

1.

Lite

ratu

re re

sear

ch

2.

Tech

nica

l con

cept

/kno

wle

dge/

appl

icat

ion,

inte

llect

ual l

evel

3.

Pr

oble

m id

entif

icat

ion,

initi

ativ

e an

d pr

ogre

ss

4.

Org

aniz

atio

n an

d w

ritin

g qu

ality

(IV

) T

he P

rese

ntat

ion

and

Dem

onst

ratio

n

The

stud

ents

sho

uld

keep

the

pres

enta

tion

conc

ise

and

inte

rest

ing

thro

ugh

good

use

of

vis

ual

aids

and

mul

timed

ia, l

ogic

flo

w o

f id

eas,

and

appr

opria

te c

ontro

l of

the

pace

. Sho

w g

ood

mas

terin

g of

topi

cs a

nd a

void

und

ue p

ause

s. Th

e st

uden

ts s

houl

d be

abl

e to

ela

bora

te o

n te

chni

cal d

etai

ls in

ans

wer

ing

ques

tions

. Goo

d pr

onun

ciat

ion

and

into

natio

n ar

e de

sira

ble.

Be

cour

teou

s dur

ing

the

post

er p

rese

ntat

ion.

Har

dwar

e m

ust b

e ne

atly

bui

lt an

d la

id o

ut a

nd th

ere

is g

ood

engi

neer

ing

sens

e in

ha

rdw

are

impl

emen

tatio

n.

Circ

uits

/

softw

are

shou

ld

func

tion

prop

erly

, an

d ex

perim

ents

shou

ld b

e ab

le to

supp

ort f

ulfil

lmen

t of p

roje

ct o

bjec

tives

.

The

pre

sent

atio

n an

d de

mon

stra

tion

will

con

trib

ute

to 3

0% o

f the

fina

l gra

de.

Ass

essm

ent C

rite

ria

1.

Tech

nica

l con

cept

/kno

wle

dge/

appl

icat

ion

2.

Inte

llect

ual l

evel

, res

pons

e to

que

stio

ns

3.

Dem

onst

ratio

n an

d en

gine

erin

g ac

com

plis

hmen

t 4.

Pr

esen

tatio

n sk

ill a

nd la

ngua

ge c

ompe

tenc

e

Not

e 1:

Eac

h pr

ojec

t gro

up h

as to

subm

it/ca

rry

out a

ll th

e ab

ove

four

com

pone

nts

befo

re th

e gr

oup

is c

onsi

dere

d to

pas

s the

FY

P.

Not

e 2:

The

fina

l gra

de fo

r the

FY

P w

ill b

e ca

lcul

ated

by

taki

ng th

e w

eigh

ted

aver

age

of th

e gr

ades

from

the

abov

e fo

ur c

ompo

nent

s.

Not

e 3:

Alth

ough

it is

a g

roup

pro

ject

, diff

eren

t gra

des

may

be

awar

ded

to d

iffer

ent

mem

bers

of t

he g

roup

if it

is fo

und

that

con

tribu

tions

from

diff

eren

t mem

bers

var

y si

gnifi

cant

ly.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

As

the

natu

re o

f th

e su

bjec

t im

plie

s, th

ere

will

not

be

man

y fo

rmal

lect

ures

in th

e su

bjec

t, ot

her

than

a f

ew h

ours

of

brie

fings

on

gene

ral

info

rmat

ion,

som

e of

ficia

l pr

oced

ures

in

adm

inis

tratio

n of

the

pro

ject

and

som

e te

chni

ques

on

info

rmat

ion/

co

mpo

nent

s sea

rchi

ng. S

tude

nts l

earn

the

tech

nica

l con

tent

s by

a su

bsta

ntia

l num

ber

of in

divi

dual

dis

cuss

ions

with

thei

r pro

ject

sup

ervi

sors

and

a la

rge

num

ber o

f hou

rs

of s

elf-

lear

ning

. The

pla

nnin

g of

the

proj

ect w

ill b

e ca

rrie

d un

der

the

dire

ctio

n of

th

e su

perv

isor

. Thr

ough

the

exe

cutio

n of

the

pro

ject

pla

n w

ith g

uida

nce

from

the

su

perv

isor

, the

stud

ent s

houl

d be

abl

e to

ach

ieve

the

lear

ning

out

com

es.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

Out

com

es

a b

c d

e f

Dis

cuss

ion

with

the

proj

ect S

uper

viso

r

W

iring

of t

he p

roje

ct p

ropo

sal

Writ

ing

of th

e in

terim

repo

rt

Writ

ing

of th

e fin

al re

port

Pres

enta

tion

and

dem

onst

ratio

n

AI - 22

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds,

its a

lignm

ent o

f In

tend

ed S

ubje

ct

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Ass

essm

ent c

riter

ia fo

r eac

h of

the

abov

e as

sess

men

t met

hods

are

as l

iste

d in

one

of

abov

e se

ctio

ns.

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be a

sses

sed

a b

c d

e f

1. F

orm

al p

roje

ct p

ropo

sal

5%

2. I

nter

im p

rogr

ess r

epor

t 15

%

3.

Fin

al re

port

50%

4.

Pre

sent

atio

n an

d de

mon

stra

tion

30%

Tota

l 10

0%

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

B

riefin

gs

3 H

rs.

G

roup

dis

cuss

ions

with

supe

rvis

or

24 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

In

form

atio

n se

arch

, sel

f-st

udy,

exe

cutio

n of

the

proj

ect,

repo

rt w

ritin

g, p

repa

ratio

n of

pre

sent

atio

n 13

3 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

16

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s N

il

AI - 23

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

EE30

02C

Subj

ect T

itle

Elec

trom

echa

nica

l Ene

rgy

Con

vers

ion

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

3

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

1.

To p

rovi

de s

tude

nts

a ge

nera

l kn

owle

dge

on c

omm

on t

ypes

of

elec

tric

mac

hine

s.

2.

To p

rovi

de s

tude

nts

the

basi

c te

chni

ques

of

stea

dy-s

tate

ele

ctric

mac

hine

an

alys

is.

Subj

ect I

nten

ded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

U

pon

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

a.

Expl

ain

the

cons

truct

ion,

ope

ratin

g pr

inci

ples

, pe

rfor

man

ce c

hara

cter

istic

s, co

ntro

l an

d ap

plic

atio

ns o

f tra

nsfo

rmer

s an

d m

ajor

typ

es o

f ro

tatin

g el

ectri

c m

achi

nes.

b.

Ana

lyse

the

ste

ady-

stat

e pe

rfor

man

ce o

f el

ectri

c m

achi

nes

usin

g ap

prop

riate

eq

uiva

lent

circ

uit m

odel

s. c.

O

pera

te

prac

tical

el

ectri

c m

achi

nes

and

to

cond

uct

rele

vant

te

sts

and

expe

rimen

ts.

d.

Pres

ent r

esul

ts o

f el

ectri

c m

achi

ne s

tudi

es i

n th

e fo

rm o

f ta

bles

, gra

phs,

and

writ

ten

repo

rts.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Intr

oduc

tion:

Prin

cipl

es o

f m

otor

s an

d ge

nera

tors

. M

ater

ials

for

ele

ctric

m

achi

nes.

Type

s of e

lect

ric m

achi

nes a

nd a

pplic

atio

ns.

Loss

es a

nd e

ffic

ienc

y.

2.

Mac

hine

rat

ing:

Tem

pera

ture

ris

e an

d co

olin

g m

etho

ds. H

eatin

g an

d co

olin

g cu

rves

. Th

erm

al ra

tings

. M

achi

ne n

amep

late

. 3.

W

indi

ngs:

Pha

se a

nd c

omm

utat

or w

indi

ngs.

Win

ding

fact

ors.

E.m

.f. e

quat

ion.

H

arm

onic

s. P

rodu

ctio

n of

rota

ting

field

. 4.

D

.C.

mac

hine

s:

Con

stru

ctio

n.

E.m

.f eq

uatio

n.

Arm

atur

e re

actio

n an

d co

mm

utat

ion.

C

hara

cter

istic

s of

shu

nt,

serie

s an

d co

mpo

und

mac

hine

s. Te

stin

g. S

peed

con

trol.

Uni

vers

al m

otor

. B

rush

less

d.c

. mot

or.

5.

Sync

hron

ous

mac

hine

s:

Con

stru

ctio

n.

Sync

hron

ous

impe

danc

e.

Vol

tage

re

gula

tion.

Syn

chro

nisi

ng. P

erfo

rman

ce o

n in

finite

bus

bars

. Pow

er/lo

ad a

ngle

re

latio

nshi

p. S

tabi

lity.

Syn

chro

nous

mot

or.

6.

Indu

ctio

n m

achi

nes:

Squ

irrel

cag

e an

d w

ound

-rot

or ty

pes.

Equi

vale

nt c

ircui

t. To

rque

-slip

rel

atio

nshi

p. S

tarti

ng,

brak

ing

and

gene

ratin

g. T

estin

g. S

peed

co

ntro

l. Si

ngle

-pha

se in

duct

ion

mot

ors.

Lab

orat

ory

Exp

erim

ents

: Lo

ad te

st, e

ffic

ienc

y an

d sp

eed

cont

rol o

f a d

.c. m

otor

. Pe

rfor

man

ce e

valu

atio

n of

a th

ree-

phas

e ca

ge in

duct

ion

mot

or.

Sync

hron

ous m

otor

V-c

urve

s. Te

mpe

ratu

re ri

se a

nd ra

tings

.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Del

iver

y of

the

sub

ject

is

mai

nly

thro

ugh

form

al l

ectu

res

and

com

plem

ente

d by

tu

toria

ls. E

xcel

pro

gram

mes

are

use

d to

cla

rify

conc

epts

of e

lect

ric m

achi

nes l

earn

t an

d fo

r con

duct

ing

‘wha

t-if’

ana

lysi

s. La

bora

tory

wor

k pr

ovid

es st

uden

ts h

ands

-on

expe

rienc

e in

ope

ratio

n an

d co

ntro

l of

pra

ctic

al m

achi

nes,

whi

le r

epor

t-writ

ing

enab

les s

tude

nts t

o pr

actis

e w

ritte

n an

d gr

aphi

c pr

esen

tatio

n sk

ills.

Te

achi

ng/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

O

utco

mes

a

b c

d Le

ctur

es

Tu

toria

ls

Labo

rato

ry w

ork

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be

asse

ssed

a

b c

d 1.

Exa

min

atio

n 60

%

2. M

id-te

rm T

est

20%

3. L

abor

ator

y w

ork

and

repo

rts

15%

4. A

ssig

nmen

t 5%

To

tal

100%

It is

a f

unda

men

tal s

ubje

ct o

n el

ectri

c m

achi

nes

and

trans

form

ers.

The

out

com

es

on c

once

pts,

oper

atin

g pr

inci

ples

and

app

licat

ions

are

ass

esse

d by

the

usua

l mea

ns

of a

ssig

nmen

t, te

sts,

and

exam

inat

ion.

The

out

com

es o

n pr

actic

al o

pera

tion

of

elec

tric

mac

hine

s an

d te

chni

cal c

omm

unic

atio

n ar

e ev

alua

ted

by la

bora

tory

wor

k an

d re

ports

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e/Tu

toria

l 33

Hrs

.

La

bora

tory

6

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

R

evis

ion,

self-

stud

y, a

nd a

ssig

nmen

t 42

Hrs

.

W

rite-

up o

f lab

orat

ory

repo

rts

18 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

99

Hrs

.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s R

efer

ence

boo

ks:

1.

M.S

. Sa

rma

and

M.K

. Pa

thak

, El

ectri

c M

achi

nes,

2nd E

ditio

n, C

enga

ge

Lear

ning

, 201

0 2.

S.

A. N

asar

, Sch

aum

’s O

utlin

e of

The

ory

and

Prob

lem

s of

Ele

ctric

Mac

hine

s an

d El

ectro

mec

hani

cs, 2

nd E

ditio

n, M

cGra

w-H

ill, 1

998

AI - 24

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

EE30

03C

Subj

ect T

itle

Pow

er E

lect

roni

cs a

nd D

rives

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

3

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

1.

To u

nder

stan

d th

e ch

arac

teris

tics a

nd o

pera

tion

of p

ower

ele

ctro

nics

dev

ices

. 2.

To

exp

ose

the

stud

ents

to

the

conv

ersi

on a

nd u

tiliz

atio

n of

lar

ge a

mou

nt o

f el

ectri

cal p

ower

usi

ng la

test

pow

er s

emic

ondu

ctor

dev

ices

and

mod

ern

cont

rol

tech

niqu

es.

3.

To e

nsur

e th

e st

uden

ts d

evel

op a

n un

ders

tand

ing

of v

ario

us d

rive

syst

ems.

Subj

ect I

nten

ded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

U

pon

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill:

a.

Be

able

to

expl

ain

both

ver

bally

and

in

writ

ten

form

maj

or s

emic

ondu

ctor

de

vice

s th

at c

an b

e us

ed a

s sw

itche

s, an

d th

eir e

lect

rical

cha

ract

eris

tics

whi

ch

incl

ude

basi

c id

ealis

ed m

odel

s as

wel

l as

ext

ensi

on t

o so

me

impo

rtant

non

-id

eal c

hara

cter

istic

s. b.

B

e ab

le to

exp

lain

the

proc

esse

s of

eff

icie

nt e

nerg

y co

nver

sion

thro

ugh

the

use

of p

ower

sem

icon

duct

or sw

itche

s. c.

B

e ab

le t

o ap

ply

the

conc

epts

of

switc

hing

pow

er c

onve

rsio

n to

ana

lyse

a

varie

ty o

f circ

uits

incl

udin

g:

i. D

C to

DC

con

vers

ion

ii.

A

C to

DC

con

vers

ion

iii

. D

C to

AC

con

vers

ion

d.

Be

able

to

pres

ent

the

resu

lts o

f st

udy

and

expe

rimen

ts i

n th

e fo

rm o

f a

tech

nica

l rep

ort.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Pow

er e

lect

roni

cs fu

ndam

enta

ls: p

ower

con

vers

ion,

ene

rgy

bala

nce

prin

cipl

e,

revi

ew o

f fun

dam

enta

ls.

2.

Pow

er s

emic

ondu

ctor

dev

ices

: D

iode

s, po

wer

tra

nsis

tor,

MO

SFET

, SC

R,

GTO

, IG

BT,

switc

hing

cha

ract

eris

tics.

3.

D

C-D

C c

onve

rter

s: B

uck,

Boo

st a

nd B

uck-

Boo

st D

C-D

C C

onve

rter,

Dut

y C

ycle

Con

trolle

r, Sw

itche

d M

ode

Pow

er S

uppl

y.

4.

AC

-DC

rec

tifie

rs:

Unc

ontro

lled

and

cont

rolle

d si

ngle

-pha

se a

nd t

hree

-pha

se

rect

ifier

s, te

rmin

al c

hara

cter

istic

s, su

pply

and

load

inte

ract

ions

. 5.

D

C/A

C in

vert

ers:

Bas

ic s

ingl

e-ph

ase

brid

ge in

verte

rs, v

olta

ge a

nd f

requ

ency

co

ntro

l, ha

rmon

ic re

duct

ion.

6.

E

lect

ric

driv

e sy

stem

s: I

ntro

duct

ion

to e

lect

ric d

rives

sys

tem

, app

licat

ions

for

cons

erva

tion

of e

nerg

y, d

c el

ectri

c dr

ives

. L

abor

ator

y E

xper

imen

t:

DC

/DC

Buc

k C

onve

rter,

Intro

duct

ion

to S

CR

circ

uits

, PSP

ICE

sim

ulat

ion

of S

CR

B

ridge

.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Lect

ures

and

tuto

rials

are

eff

ectiv

e te

achi

ng m

etho

ds:

1.

To p

rovi

de a

n ov

ervi

ew o

r out

line

of th

e su

bjec

t. 2.

To

intro

duce

new

con

cept

s and

kno

wle

dge

to th

e st

uden

ts.

3.

To e

xpla

in d

iffic

ult i

deas

and

con

cept

s of t

he su

bjec

t. 4.

To

mot

ivat

e an

d st

imul

ate

stud

ents

inte

rest

. 5.

To

pro

vide

stud

ents

feed

back

in re

latio

n to

thei

r lea

rnin

g.

6.

To e

ncou

rage

stud

ents

resp

onsi

bilit

y fo

r the

ir le

arni

ng b

y ex

tra re

fere

nce

book

s re

adin

g an

d co

mpu

ter-

base

d ci

rcui

t sim

ulat

ions

. La

bora

tory

wor

ks is

an

esse

ntia

l ing

redi

ent o

f thi

s sub

ject

: 1.

To

supp

lem

ent t

he le

ctur

ing

mat

eria

ls.

2.

To a

dd re

al e

xper

ienc

e fo

r the

stud

ents

. 3.

To

pro

vide

dee

p un

ders

tand

ing

of th

e su

bjec

t. 4.

To

ena

ble

stud

ents

to o

rgan

ise

prin

cipl

e an

d ch

alle

nge

idea

s. Te

achi

ng/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

O

utco

mes

a

b c

d Le

ctur

es

Tu

toria

ls

Ex

perim

ents

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent m

etho

ds/ta

sks

%

wei

ghtin

gIn

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es to

be

asse

ssed

a

b c

d 1.

Exa

min

atio

n 60

%

2.

Cla

ss te

sts

30%

3. L

abor

ator

y pe

rfor

man

ce &

re

ports

10

%

Tota

l 10

0%

The

unde

rsta

ndin

g on

theo

retic

al p

rinci

ple

and

prac

tical

con

side

ratio

ns, a

naly

tical

sk

ills

and

prob

lem

sol

ving

tech

niqu

e w

ill b

e ev

alua

ted.

Exa

min

atio

n, c

lass

tes

ts,

labo

rato

ry s

ectio

ns a

nd r

epor

ts a

re a

n in

tegr

ated

app

roac

h to

val

idly

ass

ess

stud

ents

’ per

form

ance

with

resp

ect t

o th

e in

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e/Tu

toria

l 33

Hrs

.

La

bora

tory

6

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

La

bora

tory

pre

para

tion/

repo

rt 12

Hrs

.

Se

lf-st

udy

48 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

99

Hrs

.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s T

extb

ooks

:

1.

Pow

er E

lect

roni

cs, a

Firs

t Cou

rse

- Ned

Moh

an, W

iley,

201

2 2.

M

uham

mad

H. R

ashi

d, P

ower

Ele

ctro

nics

: Circ

uits

, Dev

ices

and

App

licat

ions

, 3rd

Edi

tion,

Pre

ntic

e H

all,

2004

AI - 25

Ref

eren

ce b

ooks

: 1.

B

imal

K. B

ose,

Pow

er E

lect

roni

cs a

nd V

aria

ble

Freq

uenc

y D

rives

: Tec

hnol

ogy

and

App

licat

ions

, IEE

E Pr

ess,

1997

2.

Ph

ilip

T. K

rein

, Ele

men

ts o

f Pow

er E

lect

roni

cs, O

xfor

d U

nive

rsity

Pre

ss, 1

998

3.

R.

Kris

hnan

, El

ectri

c M

otor

D

rives

: M

odel

ing,

A

naly

sis,

and

Con

trol,

Pren

tice-

Hal

l, 20

01

4.

Ned

. M

ohan

, El

ectri

c D

rives

: an

Int

egra

tive

App

roac

h, M

inne

sota

Pow

er

Elec

troni

cs R

esea

rch

& E

duca

tion,

200

3

AI - 26

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

EE3

009C

Subj

ect T

itle

Elec

trica

l Ser

vice

s in

Bui

ldin

gs

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

3

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

1.

To

enab

le

stud

ents

to

un

ders

tand

th

e m

ajor

de

sign

fe

atur

es,

oper

atin

g ch

arac

teris

tics

and

func

tions

of

elec

trica

l an

d el

ectro

nic

equi

pmen

t us

ed i

n bu

ildin

g se

rvic

es.

2.

To e

nabl

e st

uden

ts t

o im

plem

ent

tech

nica

l da

ta,

regu

latio

ns,

stan

dard

s an

d gu

idan

ce n

otes

pre

pare

d by

sta

tuto

ry b

odie

s in

the

desi

gn o

f rel

iabl

e, s

afe

and

effic

ient

el

ectri

cal

pow

er

dist

ribut

ion,

light

ning

pr

otec

tion,

ve

rtica

l tra

nspo

rtatio

n, li

ghtin

g an

d fir

e fig

htin

g sy

stem

s in

build

ings

.

Subj

ect I

nten

ded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

U

pon

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill:

a.

Be

able

to

plan

eff

icie

nt,

safe

and

hig

h qu

ality

dis

tribu

tion

syst

ems

for

dom

estic

, com

mer

cial

and

indu

stria

l bui

ldin

gs.

b.

Be

prof

icie

nt t

o as

sess

the

sui

tabi

lity

of d

iffer

ent

verti

cal

trans

porta

tion

syst

ems a

nd fi

re fi

ghtin

g sy

stem

s for

bui

ldin

gs.

c.

Be

able

to

desi

gn a

nd e

valu

ate

the

effe

ctiv

enes

s of

lig

htni

ng p

rote

ctio

n sy

stem

s. d.

B

e ab

le to

inte

grat

e th

e lig

htin

g re

quire

men

ts a

nd o

pera

ting

char

acte

ristic

s of

lig

ht so

urce

s to

the

desi

gn o

f int

erio

r lig

htin

g an

d ex

terio

r lig

htin

g.

e.

Be

able

to se

arch

for i

nfor

mat

ion

in so

lvin

g te

chni

cal p

robl

ems.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Pow

er

dist

ribu

tion

in

build

ings

: Sy

stem

pl

anni

ng.

Inco

min

g su

pply

ar

rang

emen

t for

dom

estic

, com

mer

cial

and

indu

stria

l ins

talla

tions

. Eco

nom

ics

of H

V/L

V d

istri

butio

ns.

Tarif

fs, m

axim

um d

eman

d, lo

ad fa

ctor

s and

div

ersi

ty.

Earth

ing

syst

ems.

App

licat

ions

of

stan

dby

gene

rato

r se

ts a

nd u

nint

erru

ptib

le

pow

er su

pplie

s. 2.

R

equi

rem

ents

for

saf

e de

sign

: O

verv

iew

of

Supp

ly R

ules

and

Reg

ulat

ions

. El

ectri

c sh

ock,

ove

rcur

rent

and

ear

th f

ault

prot

ectio

n.

Fuse

, M

CB

, M

CC

B,

AC

B d

esig

n an

d se

lect

ion

crite

ria.

Co-

ordi

natio

n of

pro

tect

ion

syst

ems.

Cab

le

and

wiri

ng sy

stem

s des

ign.

3.

In

terf

eren

ce

and

pow

er

qual

ity:

Inst

alla

tion

requ

irem

ents

, gr

oupi

ng,

inte

rfer

ence

, noi

se s

uppr

essi

on a

nd p

ower

sup

ply

in c

omm

unic

atio

n sy

stem

s.

Elec

trom

agne

tic c

ompa

tibili

ty.

Har

mon

ics a

nd v

olta

ge d

ips i

ssue

s. 4.

Li

ghtn

ing

prot

ectio

n sy

stem

s: L

ight

ning

phe

nom

ena.

Est

imat

ion

of e

xpos

ure

risk.

Req

uire

men

ts f

or s

yste

m c

ompo

nent

s. S

tand

ards

for

pro

tect

ion

of

stru

ctur

es a

gain

st li

ghtn

ing.

5.

V

ertic

al t

rans

port

atio

n sy

stem

s: L

ift.

Hoi

st a

nd e

scal

ator

driv

es.

Safe

ty

requ

irem

ents

and

driv

e ch

arac

teris

tics.

Gra

de o

f ser

vice

and

roun

d tri

p tim

e.

6.

Ligh

ting:

C

hara

cter

istic

s of

lig

ht s

ourc

es.

C

lass

ifica

tion

of

lum

inar

ies.

Li

ghtin

g co

ntro

l. I

nter

ior

light

ing

desi

gn.

Gla

re i

ndex

cal

cula

tion.

Col

or

rend

erin

g. U

tiliz

atio

n of

day

light

. Ext

erio

r lig

htin

g de

sign

.

7.

Fir

e F

ight

ing

Syst

ems:

Out

line,

regu

latio

ns, r

equi

rem

ents

and

com

pone

nts

of

fire

fight

ing

syst

ems.

Fire

spr

inkl

er s

yste

ms.

Hea

t and

sm

oke

dete

ctor

sys

tem

s. Fi

re-f

ight

ing

gase

s.

Cas

e St

udy:

1.

Dis

tribu

tion

syst

ems d

esig

n fo

r typ

ical

bui

ldin

gs in

Hon

g K

ong

2. A

pplic

atio

ns o

f ove

rcur

rent

and

ear

th fa

ult p

rote

ctio

n

3. C

o-or

dina

tion

of v

ario

us ty

pes o

f pro

tect

ive

devi

ces

4. E

lect

rical

pow

er q

ualit

y is

sues

in b

uild

ing

serv

ices

5.

Lig

htni

ng p

rote

ctio

n sy

stem

s des

ign

6. I

nter

ior l

ight

ing

and

exte

rior l

ight

ing

desi

gns

7.

Fire

pro

tect

ion

for d

omes

tic, c

omm

erci

al a

nd in

dust

rial b

uild

ings

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

In l

ectu

res

and

tuto

rials

, m

ater

ials

tha

t em

phas

ize

prac

tical

pro

blem

-sol

ving

m

etho

ds a

re b

alan

ced

with

mat

eria

ls t

hat

emph

asiz

e fu

ndam

enta

l un

ders

tand

ing.

St

uden

ts a

re e

xpec

ted

to ta

ke in

itiat

ive

to le

arn

thro

ugh

the

proc

ess

of e

ngag

emen

t an

d pa

rtici

patio

n in

lect

ures

and

tuto

rial s

essi

ons.

Prac

tical

des

igns

use

d in

indu

stry,

w

here

app

ropr

iate

, ar

e di

scus

sed

inte

ract

ivel

y in

cla

ss.

Min

i-Pro

ject

s ar

e us

ed t

o en

hanc

e st

uden

ts l

earn

ing

expe

rienc

es a

nd p

ract

ical

app

licat

ions

. Th

ey p

rovi

de

stud

ents

w

ith

the

oppo

rtuni

ty

to

deve

lop

inde

pend

ent

desi

gn/p

lann

ing

and

tech

nica

l re

port

writ

ing

skill

s pe

rtine

nt t

o th

e fie

ld o

f el

ectri

cal

serv

ices

in

build

ings

. Te

achi

ng/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

O

utco

mes

a

b c

d e

Lect

ures

Tuto

rials

Min

i-pro

ject

s

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be a

sses

sed

a b

c d

e 1.

Exa

min

atio

n 60

%

2.

Cla

ss T

est/Q

uiz

25%

3. M

ini-p

roje

ct &

re

port

15%

Tota

l 10

0%

The

subj

ect

outc

omes

on

plan

ning

, des

ign,

eff

ectiv

enes

s ev

alua

tion

of e

lect

rical

se

rvic

es in

bui

ldin

gs a

re a

sses

sed

by m

eans

of e

xam

inat

ion,

qui

zzes

and

test

s. Th

e ou

tcom

es o

n en

gine

erin

g sk

ills,

appl

icat

ions

, pro

blem

sol

ving

tech

niqu

es, a

s w

ell

as te

chni

cal w

ritin

g, a

re e

valu

ated

by

min

i-pro

ject

and

repo

rts.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e/Tu

toria

l 39

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

M

ini-p

roje

ct d

iscu

ssio

n/re

port

20 H

rs.

Se

lf-st

udy

41 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

10

0 H

rs.

AI - 27

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s T

extb

ooks

and

Ref

eren

ce b

ooks

: 1.

R

. Bar

rie, D

esig

n of

Ele

ctric

al S

ervi

ces

for B

uild

ings

, Spo

n Pr

ess,

4th E

ditio

n,

2005

2.

G

. St

okes

, Han

dboo

k of

Ele

ctric

al I

nsta

llatio

n Pr

actic

e, B

lack

wel

l Sc

ient

ific

Publ

icat

ion,

4th E

ditio

n, 2

003

3.

G.C

. B

arne

y, E

leva

tor

Traf

fic H

andb

ook:

The

ory

and

Prac

tice,

Spo

n Pr

ess,

2003

4.

J.R

. Coa

ton,

Lam

ps a

nd L

ight

ing,

Wile

y, 1

997

5.

F. H

all,

Bui

ldin

g Se

rvic

es H

andb

ook,

Rou

tledg

e , 7

th E

ditio

n, 2

013

6.

D.C

. Prit

char

d, L

ight

ing,

Lon

gman

, 6th

Edi

tion

1999

AI - 28

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ELC

1007

Subj

ect T

itle

Uni

vers

ity E

nglis

h fo

r Hig

her D

iplo

ma

Stud

ents

I

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

hel

p hi

gher

dip

lom

a st

uden

ts e

nter

ing

with

HK

DSE

Eng

lish

Lang

uage

Lev

el 2

to

stud

y ef

fect

ivel

y in

an

Engl

ish

med

ium

ter

tiary

lea

rnin

g en

viro

nmen

t, an

d to

acq

uire

aca

dem

ic E

nglis

h sk

ills

to e

nabl

e th

em to

furth

er th

eir

stud

ies a

t uni

vers

ity.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

a.

refe

r to

acad

emic

sour

ces i

n w

ritte

n te

xts a

nd o

ral p

rese

ntat

ions

by

usin

g

pa

raph

rasi

ng a

nd su

mm

aris

ing

skill

s b.

se

lect

app

ropr

iate

voc

abul

ary

and

gram

mar

to a

chie

ve a

n ac

adem

ic st

yle

c.

plan

, writ

e an

d re

vise

writ

ten

text

s with

refe

renc

e to

sour

ces

To a

chie

ve t

he a

bove

out

com

es,

stud

ents

are

exp

ecte

d to

use

lan

guag

e an

d te

xt

stru

ctur

e ap

prop

riate

to

the

cont

ext,

sele

ct i

nfor

mat

ion

criti

cally

, an

d pr

esen

t in

form

atio

n lo

gica

lly a

nd c

oher

ently

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1. W

ritte

n co

mm

unic

atio

n A

naly

sing

and

pra

ctis

ing

com

mon

writ

ing

func

tions

; im

prov

ing

the

abili

ty o

f w

ritin

g to

pic

sent

ence

s an

d em

ploy

ing

appr

opria

te

stra

tegi

es

for

para

grap

h de

velo

pmen

t; un

ders

tand

ing

com

mon

pat

tern

s of

org

anis

atio

n in

aca

dem

ic w

ritin

g;

taki

ng

note

s fr

om

writ

ten

and

spok

en

sour

ces;

pr

actis

ing

sum

mar

isin

g an

d pa

raph

rasi

ng s

kills

; im

prov

ing

cohe

renc

e an

d co

hesi

on i

n w

ritin

g; d

evel

opin

g re

visi

on a

nd p

roof

read

ing

skill

s.

2. S

poke

n co

mm

unic

atio

n R

ecog

nisi

ng

the

diff

eren

ces

betw

een

spok

en

and

writ

ten

com

mun

icat

ion

in

Engl

ish

in u

nive

rsity

stu

dy c

onte

xts;

ide

ntify

ing

and

prac

tisin

g ve

rbal

and

non

-ve

rbal

inte

ract

ion

stra

tegi

es in

aca

dem

ic o

ral p

rese

ntat

ions

. 3.

Lan

guag

e de

velo

pmen

t Im

prov

ing

and

exte

ndin

g re

leva

nt

feat

ures

of

gr

amm

ar,

voca

bula

ry

and

pron

unci

atio

n; d

evel

opin

g ap

prop

riate

aca

dem

ic re

adin

g an

d lis

teni

ng sk

ills.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

a c

ombi

natio

n of

sem

inar

, se

lf-ac

cess

wor

k an

d on

line

lear

ning

. Fo

llow

ing

a bl

ende

d de

liver

y ap

proa

ch, a

ctiv

ities

incl

ude

teac

her

inpu

t as

wel

l as

in-

and

out

-of-

clas

s w

ork

and

onlin

e le

arni

ng.

Stud

ents

mak

e us

e of

el

earn

ing

reso

urce

s to

fur

ther

im

prov

e th

eir

prof

icie

ncy

and

acad

emic

Eng

lish

skill

s.

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre a

re u

sed

thro

ugho

ut

the

cour

se.

Stud

ents

will

be

refe

rred

to le

arni

ng r

esou

rces

on

the

Inte

rnet

and

in

the

ELC

’s C

entre

for

Ind

epen

dent

Lan

guag

e Le

arni

ng.

Add

ition

al r

efer

ence

m

ater

ials

will

be

reco

mm

ende

d as

requ

ired.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(Not

e 4)

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c

1. S

hort

acad

emic

text

s 30

%

2. A

cade

mic

exp

osito

ry e

ssay

30

%

3. A

cade

mic

ora

l pre

sent

atio

n 40

%

Tota

l 10

0%

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

In o

rder

for

stu

dent

s to

pre

sent

an

effe

ctiv

e ac

adem

ic o

ral

pres

enta

tion

with

re

fere

nce

to s

ourc

es in

Ass

essm

ent 1

, the

y w

ill n

eed

to re

ad a

nd e

mpl

oy a

var

iety

of

sou

rces

(ref

. LO

s (a

) and

(b))

. A

sses

smen

t 2 d

emon

stra

tes

achi

evem

ent o

f LO

(b

) fo

r st

uden

ts t

o pl

an,

writ

e an

d re

vise

a s

hort

acad

emic

tex

t. A

sses

smen

t 3

nece

ssita

tes

achi

evem

ent

of a

ll LO

s in

ord

er t

o w

rite

an e

ffec

tive

acad

emic

ex

posi

tory

ess

ay w

ith re

fere

nce

to so

urce

s.

In a

dditi

on to

thes

e as

sess

men

ts, s

tude

nts a

re re

quire

d to

com

plet

e fu

rther

lang

uage

tra

inin

g, th

roug

h w

eb- b

ased

lang

uage

wor

k, r

eadi

ng ta

sks

and

onlin

e re

flect

ions

. Th

e ad

ditio

nal l

angu

age

train

ing

offe

red

in o

nlin

e ta

sks i

s alig

ned

with

all

the

thre

e LO

s. T

hey

requ

ire st

uden

ts to

crit

ical

ly re

ad a

nd su

mm

aris

e in

form

atio

n co

ntai

ned

in a

var

iety

of s

ourc

es, a

s req

uire

d in

LO

s (a)

and

(b).

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

39 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

78 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

17 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s C

ours

e m

ater

ial

1.

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre

Reco

mm

ende

d re

fere

nces

1.

B

oyle

, J. &

Boy

le, L

. (19

98).

Com

mon

Spo

ken

Engl

ish

Erro

rs in

Hon

g K

ong.

H

ong

Kon

g: L

ongm

an.

2.

Hun

g, T

. T. N

. (20

05).

Und

erst

andi

ng E

nglis

h gr

amm

ar: A

cou

rse

book

for

Chi

nese

lear

ners

of E

nglis

h. H

ong

Kon

g: H

ong

Kon

g U

nive

rsity

Pre

ss.

3.

McW

horte

r, K

. T. (

2012

). Th

e su

cces

sful

writ

er's

hand

book

. (2n

d ed

.). B

osto

n,

MA

: Lo

ngm

an.

4.

Tem

plet

on, M

. (2

010)

. Pub

lic s

peak

ing

and

pres

enta

tions

dem

ystif

ied.

New

Y

ork,

NY

: McG

raw

-Hill

. 5.

Zw

ier,

L. J

. (20

02).

Bui

ldin

g ac

adem

ic v

ocab

ular

y. A

nn A

rbor

, MI:

Uni

vers

ity

of M

ichi

gan

Pres

s.

AI - 29

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ELC

1008

Subj

ect T

itle

Uni

vers

ity E

nglis

h fo

r Hig

her D

iplo

ma

Stud

ents

II

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

U

nive

rsity

Eng

lish

for H

ighe

r Dip

lom

a St

uden

ts I

(ELC

1007

)

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

hel

p hi

gher

dip

lom

a st

uden

ts e

nter

ing

with

HK

DSE

Eng

lish

Lang

uage

Lev

el 2

to

stud

y ef

fect

ivel

y in

an

Engl

ish

med

ium

ter

tiary

lea

rnin

g en

viro

nmen

t, an

d to

enh

ance

the

ir pr

ofic

ienc

y an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n sk

ills

in

Engl

ish.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

a. p

lan,

writ

e an

d re

vise

dis

curs

ive

essa

ys a

nd re

ports

b.

ref

er t

o so

urce

s in

writ

ten

text

s by

usi

ng s

umm

aris

ing,

par

aphr

asin

g an

d sy

nthe

sisi

ng sk

ills

c. u

se a

ppro

pria

te v

erba

l an

d no

n-ve

rbal

ski

lls i

n sp

oken

com

mun

icat

ion

in a

gr

oup

cont

ext

To a

chie

ve t

he a

bove

out

com

es,

stud

ents

are

exp

ecte

d to

use

lan

guag

e an

d te

xt

stru

ctur

e ap

prop

riate

to

the

cont

ext,

sele

ct i

nfor

mat

ion

criti

cally

, an

d pr

esen

t in

form

atio

n lo

gica

lly a

nd c

oher

ently

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1. W

ritte

n co

mm

unic

atio

n Fu

rther

dev

elop

ing

the

abili

ty o

f w

ritin

g su

ccin

ct to

pic

sent

ence

s an

d em

ploy

ing

appr

opria

te s

trate

gies

for p

arag

raph

dev

elop

men

t; us

ing

findi

ngs

to w

rite

effe

ctiv

e re

ports

with

cle

ar r

ecom

men

datio

ns a

nd c

oncl

usio

ns; t

akin

g ef

fect

ive

note

s fr

om

writ

ten

and

spok

en s

ourc

es; f

urth

er d

evel

opin

g th

e sk

ills

need

ed f

or e

ffec

tive

use

of s

ourc

es i

n w

ritte

n te

xts;

fur

ther

ext

endi

ng c

oher

ence

and

coh

esio

n in

writ

ing;

re

visi

ng a

nd p

roof

read

ing

effe

ctiv

ely.

2.

Spo

ken

com

mun

icat

ion

Furth

er d

evel

opin

g th

e ve

rbal

and

non

-ver

bal

stra

tegi

es i

n or

al i

nter

actio

ns;

deve

lopi

ng a

nd a

pply

ing

criti

cal t

hink

ing

skill

s to

disc

ussi

ons o

f iss

ues.

3. L

angu

age

deve

lopm

ent

Furth

er i

mpr

ovin

g an

d ex

tend

ing

rele

vant

fea

ture

s of

gra

mm

ar,

voca

bula

ry a

nd

pron

unci

atio

n; e

xten

ding

app

ropr

iate

read

ing

and

liste

ning

skill

s.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

a c

ombi

natio

n of

sem

inar

, se

lf-ac

cess

wor

k an

d on

line

lear

ning

. Fo

llow

ing

a bl

ende

d de

liver

y ap

proa

ch, a

ctiv

ities

incl

ude

teac

her

inpu

t as

wel

l as

in-

and

out

-of-

clas

s w

ork

and

onlin

e le

arni

ng.

Stud

ents

mak

e us

e of

el

earn

ing

reso

urce

s to

fur

ther

im

prov

e th

eir

prof

icie

ncy

and

acad

emic

Eng

lish

skill

s. Le

arni

ng m

ater

ials

dev

elop

ed b

y th

e En

glis

h La

ngua

ge C

entre

are

use

d th

roug

hout

th

e co

urse

. St

uden

ts w

ill b

e re

ferr

ed to

lear

ning

res

ourc

es o

n th

e In

tern

et a

nd in

th

e EL

C’s

Cen

tre f

or I

ndep

ende

nt L

angu

age

Lear

ning

. A

dditi

onal

ref

eren

ce

mat

eria

ls w

ill b

e re

com

men

ded

as re

quire

d.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c

1. R

epor

t with

refe

renc

e to

fin

ding

s and

sour

ces

30%

2. E

xten

ded

acad

emic

ess

ay

30%

3. G

roup

dis

cuss

ion

40%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Ass

essm

ents

1an

d 2

nece

ssita

te a

chie

vem

ent

of L

Os

(a)

and

(b)

in o

rder

for

st

uden

ts to

writ

e an

eff

ectiv

e ex

tend

ed e

ssay

and

rep

ort.

Ass

essm

ent

3 re

quire

s st

uden

ts to

dem

onst

rate

thei

r ach

ieve

men

t of L

O (c

).

In a

dditi

on to

thes

e as

sess

men

ts, s

tude

nts a

re re

quire

d to

com

plet

e fu

rther

lang

uage

tra

inin

g, th

roug

h w

eb- b

ased

lang

uage

wor

k, r

eadi

ng ta

sks

and

onlin

e re

flect

ions

. Th

e ad

ditio

nal l

angu

age

train

ing

offe

red

in o

nlin

e ta

sks i

s alig

ned

with

all

the

thre

e LO

s.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

39 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

78 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

17 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s C

ours

e m

ater

ial

1.

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre

Reco

mm

ende

d re

fere

nces

1.

B

ullo

ck, R

. & W

einb

erg,

F. (

2001

). Th

e lit

tle s

eagu

ll ha

ndbo

ok. N

ew Y

ork,

N

.Y.:

W.W

. Nor

ton

& C

o.

2.

Engl

eber

g, I.

(201

3). T

hink

: Pub

lic sp

eaki

ng. B

osto

n, M

A: P

ears

on.

3.

Hun

g, T

. T.

N.

(200

5).

Und

erst

andi

ng E

nglis

h gr

amm

ar:

a co

urse

boo

k fo

r C

hine

se le

arne

rs o

f Eng

lish.

Hon

g K

ong:

Hon

g K

ong

Uni

vers

ity P

ress

. 4.

Pa

rker

, G

. M

. &

Hof

fman

, R

. (2

006)

. M

eetin

g ex

celle

nce:

33

tool

s to

lea

d m

eetin

gs th

at g

et re

sults

. San

Fra

ncis

co, C

A: J

osse

y-B

ass.

AI - 30

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ELC

1011

Subj

ect T

itle

Prac

tical

Eng

lish

for U

nive

rsity

Stu

dies

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

dev

elop

and

enh

ance

stu

dent

s’ g

ener

al p

rofic

ienc

y an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n sk

ills

in E

nglis

h.

A s

trong

foc

us w

ill b

e gi

ven

to e

nhan

cing

co

mpe

tenc

e an

d co

nfid

ence

in g

ram

mar

, voc

abul

ary,

pro

nunc

iatio

n an

d flu

ency

.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

a. u

se a

var

iety

of s

trate

gies

to c

ompr

ehen

d m

eani

ng a

nd m

essa

ges

of a

rang

e of

w

ritte

n an

d sp

oken

text

s b.

org

anis

e an

d w

rite

accu

rate

and

coh

eren

t sho

rt te

xts

c. u

se a

ppro

pria

te v

erba

l ski

lls in

spok

en c

omm

unic

atio

n

To a

chie

ve t

he a

bove

out

com

es, s

tude

nts

are

expe

cted

to

use

lang

uage

and

tex

t st

ruct

ure

appr

opria

te to

the

cont

ext,

sele

ct in

form

atio

n cr

itica

lly, a

nd p

rese

nt th

eir

view

s log

ical

ly a

nd c

oher

ently

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1. W

ritte

n co

mm

unic

atio

n En

hanc

ing

the

use

of

accu

rate

an

d ap

prop

riate

gr

amm

atic

al

stru

ctur

es

and

voca

bula

ry fo

r var

ious

com

mun

icat

ive

purp

oses

; im

prov

ing

the

abili

ty to

org

anis

e w

ritte

n te

xts l

ogic

ally

; and

impr

ovin

g co

hesi

on a

nd c

oher

ence

in w

ritin

g.

2. S

poke

n co

mm

unic

atio

n D

evel

opin

g ve

rbal

and

non

-ver

bal i

nter

actio

n st

rate

gies

app

ropr

iate

to th

e co

ntex

t an

d le

vel o

f for

mal

ity.

3. R

eadi

ng a

nd li

sten

ing

U

nder

stan

ding

the

con

tent

and

stru

ctur

e of

inf

orm

atio

n de

liver

ed i

n w

ritte

n an

d sp

oken

text

s; d

evel

opin

g ef

fect

ive

read

ing

and

liste

ning

stra

tegi

es; a

nd u

sing

stu

dy

tool

s suc

h as

dic

tiona

ries t

o ob

tain

lexi

cal a

nd p

hono

logi

cal i

nfor

mat

ion.

4.

Lan

guag

e de

velo

pmen

t Im

prov

ing

and

exte

ndin

g re

leva

nt fe

atur

es o

f gra

mm

ar, v

ocab

ular

y, p

ronu

ncia

tion

and

fluen

cy.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

prim

arily

sem

inar

-bas

ed.

Fol

low

ing

a bl

ende

d de

liver

y ap

proa

ch, a

ctiv

ities

incl

ude

teac

her i

nput

as

wel

l as

in- a

nd o

ut-o

f-cl

ass

indi

vidu

al

and

grou

p w

ork

invo

lvin

g dr

aftin

g of

text

s, in

form

atio

n se

arch

, min

i-pre

sent

atio

ns

and

disc

ussi

ons.

Stu

dent

s w

ill m

ake

use

of e

lear

ning

res

ourc

es a

nd w

eb-b

ased

w

ork

to im

prov

e th

eir g

ram

mar

and

voc

abul

ary,

and

oth

er la

ngua

ge sk

ills.

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre a

re u

sed

thro

ugho

ut

the

cour

se.

Stud

ents

will

be

refe

rred

to le

arni

ng r

esou

rces

on

the

Inte

rnet

and

in

the

ELC

’s C

entre

for

Ind

epen

dent

Lan

guag

e Le

arni

ng.

Add

ition

al r

efer

ence

m

ater

ials

will

be

reco

mm

ende

d as

requ

ired.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c

1. In

-cla

ss g

ram

mar

and

vo

cabu

lary

test

s 20

%

2. O

ral a

sses

smen

t 45

%

3. W

ritin

g as

sess

men

t 35

%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

in-c

lass

tes

ts, w

hich

ass

ess

stud

ents

’ gr

amm

ar a

nd v

ocab

ular

y an

d th

eir

abili

ty, n

eces

sita

te a

chie

vem

ent o

f LO

s (a

) an

d (b

). T

he o

ral a

sses

smen

t ass

esse

s st

uden

ts’ a

bilit

y to

spe

ak a

ccur

atel

y, a

ppro

pria

tely

and

con

fiden

tly.

Stud

ents

will

ne

ed t

o re

sear

ch a

top

ic,

orga

nise

inf

orm

atio

n fr

om a

var

iety

of

sour

ces,

and

pres

ent

the

info

rmat

ion

as a

dig

ital

stor

y (r

ef.

LOs

(a)

and

(c))

. T

he w

ritin

g as

sess

men

t eva

luat

es

stud

ents

' ab

ility

w

rite

a lo

nger

te

xt

in

accu

rate

an

d ap

prop

riate

gra

mm

atic

al st

ruct

ures

(ref

. Los

(a) a

nd (b

)).

In a

dditi

on to

thes

e as

sess

men

ts, s

tude

nts a

re re

quire

d to

com

plet

e fu

rther

lang

uage

tra

inin

g th

roug

h w

eb-b

ased

lan

guag

e w

ork.

Th

e ad

ditio

nal

lang

uage

tra

inin

g of

fere

d in

onl

ine

task

s is

alig

ned

with

all

the

thre

e LO

s an

d co

rres

pond

s to

thei

r le

arni

ng in

cla

ss.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ar

39 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf-st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

78 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

11

7 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s C

ours

e m

ater

ial

1.

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre

Reco

mm

ende

d re

fere

nces

1.

B

oyle

, J. &

Boy

le, L

. (19

98).

Com

mon

Spo

ken

Engl

ish

Erro

rs in

Hon

g K

ong.

H

ong

Kon

g: L

ongm

an.

2.

Bra

nnan

, B

. (2

003)

. A

writ

er’s

wor

ksho

p: C

rafti

ng p

arag

raph

s, bu

ildin

g es

says

. Bos

ton:

McG

raw

-Hill

. 3.

H

anco

ck,

M.

(200

3).

Engl

ish

pron

unci

atio

n in

use

. C

ambr

idge

: C

ambr

idge

U

nive

rsity

Pre

ss.

4.

Net

tle,

M.

and

Hop

kins

, D

. (2

003)

. D

evel

opin

g gr

amm

ar

in

cont

ext:

Inte

rmed

iate

. Cam

brid

ge: C

ambr

idge

Uni

vers

ity P

ress

. 5.

R

edm

an,

S.

(200

3).

Engl

ish

voca

bula

ry

in

use:

Pr

e-in

term

edia

te

and

inte

rmed

iate

. Cam

brid

ge: C

ambr

idge

Uni

vers

ity P

ress

.

AI - 31

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ELC

1013

Subj

ect T

itle

Engl

ish

for U

nive

rsity

Stu

dies

(Thi

s su

bjec

t w

ill b

e of

fere

d in

tw

o ve

rsio

ns f

or s

tude

nts

who

will

prim

arily

be

usin

g (1

) A

PA/H

arva

rd r

efer

enci

ng s

tyle

s or

(2)

IEE

E/V

anco

uver

ref

eren

cing

st

yles

in th

eir u

nive

rsity

stud

ies.)

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Stud

ents

ent

erin

g th

e U

nive

rsity

with

Lev

el 5

from

the

HK

DSE

will

be

exem

pted

fr

om th

is s

ubje

ct.

They

can

pro

ceed

to A

dvan

ced

Engl

ish

for

Uni

vers

ity S

tudi

es

(ELC

1014

).

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

hel

p st

uden

ts s

tudy

eff

ectiv

ely

in t

he U

nive

rsity

’s E

nglis

h m

ediu

m le

arni

ng e

nviro

nmen

t, an

d to

impr

ove

and

deve

lop

thei

r Eng

lish

lang

uage

pr

ofic

ienc

y w

ithin

a fr

amew

ork

of u

nive

rsity

stud

y co

ntex

ts.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(Not

e 1)

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

a.

refe

r to

sour

ces i

n w

ritte

n te

xts a

nd o

ral p

rese

ntat

ions

b.

pa

raph

rase

and

sum

mar

ise

mat

eria

ls fr

om w

ritte

n an

d sp

oken

sour

ces

c.

plan

, writ

e an

d re

vise

exp

osito

ry e

ssay

s with

refe

renc

es to

sour

ces

d.

deliv

er e

ffec

tive

oral

pre

sent

atio

ns

To a

chie

ve t

he a

bove

out

com

es,

stud

ents

are

exp

ecte

d to

use

lan

guag

e an

d te

xt

stru

ctur

e ap

prop

riate

to

the

cont

ext,

sele

ct i

nfor

mat

ion

criti

cally

, an

d pr

esen

t in

form

atio

n lo

gica

lly a

nd c

oher

ently

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

(Not

e 2)

1. W

ritte

n co

mm

unic

atio

n A

naly

sing

and

pra

ctis

ing

com

mon

writ

ing

func

tions

; im

prov

ing

the

abili

ty o

f w

ritin

g to

pic

sent

ence

s an

d st

rate

gies

for

par

agra

ph d

evel

opm

ent;

unde

rsta

ndin

g co

mm

on p

atte

rns

of o

rgan

isat

ion

in e

xpos

itory

writ

ing;

taki

ng n

otes

fro

m w

ritte

n an

d sp

oken

sou

rces

; pr

actis

ing

sum

mar

isin

g an

d pa

raph

rasi

ng s

kills

; im

prov

ing

cohe

renc

e an

d co

hesi

on in

writ

ing;

dev

elop

ing

revi

sion

and

pro

ofre

adin

g sk

ills.

2. S

poke

n co

mm

unic

atio

n R

ecog

nisi

ng

the

purp

oses

of

an

d di

ffer

ence

s be

twee

n sp

oken

an

d w

ritte

n co

mm

unic

atio

n in

Eng

lish

in u

nive

rsity

stu

dy c

onte

xts;

iden

tifyi

ng a

nd p

ract

isin

g th

e ve

rbal

and

non

-ver

bal

inte

ract

ion

stra

tegi

es i

n or

al p

rese

ntat

ions

; de

velo

ping

an

d ap

plyi

ng c

ritic

al th

inki

ng sk

ills t

o di

scus

sion

s of i

ssue

s.

3. L

angu

age

deve

lopm

ent

Impr

ovin

g an

d ex

tend

ing

rele

vant

fe

atur

es

of

gram

mar

, vo

cabu

lary

an

d pr

onun

ciat

ion.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

(Not

e 3)

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

prim

arily

sem

inar

-bas

ed.

Fol

low

ing

a bl

ende

d de

liver

y ap

proa

ch, a

ctiv

ities

incl

ude

teac

her i

nput

as

wel

l as

in- a

nd o

ut-o

f-cl

ass

indi

vidu

al

and

grou

p w

ork

invo

lvin

g dr

aftin

g an

d ev

alua

ting

text

s, m

ini-p

rese

ntat

ions

, di

scus

sion

s an

d si

mul

atio

ns.

The

pro

cess

app

roac

h to

writ

ing

is a

dopt

ed,

and

stud

ents

mak

e us

e of

ele

arni

ng re

sour

ces

to e

ngag

e in

aca

dem

ic d

iscu

ssio

ns a

nd to

re

flect

on

thei

r lea

rnin

g.

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre a

re u

sed

thro

ugho

ut

the

cour

se.

Stud

ents

will

be

refe

rred

to le

arni

ng r

esou

rces

on

the

Inte

rnet

and

in

the

ELC

’s C

entre

for

Ind

epen

dent

Lan

guag

e Le

arni

ng.

Add

ition

al r

efer

ence

m

ater

ials

will

be

reco

mm

ende

d as

requ

ired.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(Not

e 4)

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be

asse

ssed

a b

c d

1. A

cade

mic

ess

ay 1

30

%

2. A

cade

mic

ess

ay 2

30

%

3. O

ral p

rese

ntat

ion

40%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Ass

essm

ents

1 a

nd 2

nec

essi

tate

ach

ieve

men

t of

LOs

(a),

(b)

and

(c)

in o

rder

to

writ

e an

eff

ectiv

e ac

adem

ic e

ssay

via

the

proc

ess

of e

xten

ding

and

impr

ovin

g th

e es

say

for a

sses

smen

t 1.

In o

rder

for s

tude

nts

to p

rese

nt a

n ef

fect

ive

acad

emic

ora

l pr

esen

tatio

n, a

s de

man

ded

in a

sses

smen

t 3,

the

y w

ill n

eed

to r

ead,

not

e an

d sy

nthe

sise

from

a v

arie

ty o

f sou

rces

, and

refe

r to

thos

e so

urce

s in

thei

r pre

sent

atio

n (r

ef. L

Os (

a), (

b) a

nd (d

)).

In a

dditi

on to

thes

e as

sess

men

ts, s

tude

nts a

re re

quire

d to

com

plet

e fu

rther

lang

uage

tra

inin

g, th

roug

h w

eb- b

ased

lang

uage

wor

k, r

eadi

ng ta

sks

and

onlin

e re

flect

ions

. Th

e ad

ditio

nal l

angu

age

train

ing

offe

red

in o

nlin

e ta

sks

is a

ligne

d w

ith a

ll th

e fo

ur

LOs.

In

som

e of

the

task

s, st

uden

ts to

crit

ical

ly r

ead

and

sum

mar

ise

info

rmat

ion

cont

aine

d in

a v

arie

ty o

f sou

rces

, as r

equi

red

in L

Os (

a) a

nd (b

).

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

39 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

78 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

17 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s C

ours

e m

ater

ial

1.

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre

Reco

mm

ende

d re

fere

nces

1.

B

aile

y, S

. (2

014)

. A

cade

mic

writ

ing:

a h

andb

ook

for

inte

rnat

iona

l st

uden

ts.

Abi

ngdo

n: R

outle

dge.

2.

C

omfo

rt, J

. (2

001)

. Ef

fect

ive

pres

enta

tions

. O

xfor

d: C

orne

lsen

& O

xfor

d U

nive

rsity

Pre

ss.

3.

Hun

g, T

. T. N

. (20

05).

Und

erst

andi

ng E

nglis

h gr

amm

ar:

A c

ours

e bo

ok f

or

Chi

nese

lear

ners

of E

nglis

h. H

ong

Kon

g: H

ong

Kon

g U

nive

rsity

Pre

ss.

4.

Swal

es, J

. M.,

& F

eak,

C. B

. (20

04).

Aca

dem

ic w

ritin

g fo

r gra

duat

e st

uden

ts:

5.

Esse

ntia

l tas

ks a

nd sk

ills.

Ann

Arb

or, M

I: U

nive

rsity

of M

ichi

gan

Pres

s. 6.

Ta

ng, R

. (20

12).

Aca

dem

ic w

ritin

g in

a s

econ

d or

fore

ign

lang

uage

: Iss

ues

and

chal

leng

es f

acin

g ES

L/EF

L ac

adem

ic w

riter

s in

hig

her

educ

atio

n co

ntex

ts.

Lond

on: C

ontin

uum

Inte

rnat

iona

l Pub

.

AI - 32

7.

Zwie

r, L.

J. (

2002

). B

uild

ing

acad

emic

voc

abul

ary.

Ann

Arb

or, M

I: U

nive

rsity

of

Mic

higa

n Pr

ess.

Not

e 1:

Int

ende

d Le

arni

ng O

utco

mes

In

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

sho

uld

stat

e w

hat s

tude

nts

shou

ld b

e ab

le to

do

or a

ttain

upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect.

Subj

ect o

utco

mes

ar

e ex

pect

ed to

con

tribu

te to

the

atta

inm

ent o

f the

ove

rall

prog

ram

me

outc

omes

.

Not

e 2:

Sub

ject

Syn

opsi

s/ In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

The

sylla

bus

shou

ld a

dequ

atel

y ad

dres

s th

e in

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

. At

the

sam

e tim

e ov

er-c

row

ding

of

the

sylla

bus

shou

ld b

e av

oide

d.

Not

e 3:

Tea

chin

g/Le

arni

ng M

etho

dolo

gy

This

sec

tion

shou

ld i

nclu

de a

brie

f de

scrip

tion

of t

he t

each

ing

and

lear

ning

met

hods

to

be e

mpl

oyed

to

faci

litat

e le

arni

ng,

and

a ju

stifi

catio

n of

how

the

met

hods

are

alig

ned

with

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es o

f the

subj

ect.

N

ote

4: A

sses

smen

t Met

hod

This

sec

tion

shou

ld in

clud

e th

e as

sess

men

t met

hod(

s) to

be

used

and

its

rela

tive

wei

ghtin

g, a

nd in

dica

te w

hich

of t

he s

ubje

ct in

tend

ed

lear

ning

out

com

es t

hat

each

met

hod

purp

orts

to

asse

ss.

It sh

ould

als

o pr

ovid

e a

brie

f ex

plan

atio

n of

the

app

ropr

iate

ness

of

the

asse

ssm

ent m

etho

ds in

ass

essin

g th

e in

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

.

AI - 33

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ELC

1014

Subj

ect T

itle

Adv

ance

d En

glis

h fo

r Uni

vers

ity S

tudi

es

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

En

glis

h fo

r Uni

vers

ity S

tudi

es (E

LC10

12/E

LC10

13) (

unle

ss e

xem

pted

)

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

hel

p st

uden

ts s

tudy

eff

ectiv

ely

in t

he U

nive

rsity

’s E

nglis

h m

ediu

m le

arni

ng e

nviro

nmen

t, an

d to

impr

ove

and

deve

lop

thei

r Eng

lish

lang

uage

pr

ofic

ienc

y w

ithin

a fr

amew

ork

of u

nive

rsity

stud

y co

ntex

ts.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(Not

e 1)

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

a. r

esea

rch

rele

vant

aca

dem

ic t

exts

for

a t

opic

and

int

egra

te t

he s

ourc

es i

nto

a po

sitio

n ar

gum

ent e

ssay

app

ropr

iate

ly a

nd e

ffec

tivel

y;

b. p

lan,

rese

arch

for,

writ

e an

d re

vise

a p

ositi

on a

rgum

ent e

ssay

; and

c.

pre

sent

and

just

ify v

iew

s eff

ectiv

ely

in a

min

i ora

l def

ence

. To

ach

ieve

the

abo

ve o

utco

mes

, st

uden

ts a

re e

xpec

ted

to u

se l

angu

age

and

text

st

ruct

ure

appr

opria

te to

the

cont

ext,

sele

ct in

form

atio

n cr

itica

lly, a

nd p

rese

nt a

nd

supp

ort s

tanc

e an

d op

inio

n lo

gica

lly a

nd p

ersu

asiv

ely.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

(Not

e 2)

1. W

ritte

n co

mm

unic

atio

n D

evel

opin

g lo

gica

l and

per

suas

ive

argu

men

ts;

appl

ying

a v

arie

ty o

f or

gani

satio

n pa

ttern

s in

dis

curs

ive

writ

ing,

incl

udin

g th

e w

ritin

g of

exp

lana

tory

and

eva

luat

ive

text

s; s

elec

ting

info

rmat

ion

from

aca

dem

ic t

exts

crit

ical

ly;

supp

ortin

g st

ance

; m

aint

aini

ng c

ohes

ion

and

cohe

renc

e in

dis

curs

ive

writ

ing;

ach

ievi

ng a

ppro

pria

te

styl

e an

d to

ne.

2. S

poke

n co

mm

unic

atio

n En

hanc

ing

and

prac

tisin

g th

e sp

ecifi

c or

al a

nd a

ural

ski

lls r

equi

red

to p

artic

ipat

e ef

fect

ivel

y in

an

acad

emic

dis

cuss

ion

and

to p

rese

nt a

nd ju

stify

vie

ws

in a

n or

al

defe

nce.

3.

Rea

ding

and

list

enin

g U

nder

stan

ding

the

cont

ent a

nd s

truct

ure

of in

form

atio

n in

ora

l and

writ

ten

text

s;

com

preh

endi

ng, i

nfer

ring

and

eval

uatin

g m

essa

ges a

nd a

ttitu

de.

4. L

angu

age

deve

lopm

ent

Impr

ovin

g an

d ex

tend

ing

rele

vant

fe

atur

es

of

gram

mar

, vo

cabu

lary

an

d pr

onun

ciat

ion.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

(Not

e 3)

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

prim

arily

sem

inar

-bas

ed.

Fol

low

ing

a bl

ende

d de

liver

y ap

proa

ch, a

ctiv

ities

incl

ude

teac

her i

nput

as

wel

l as

in- a

nd o

ut-o

f-cl

ass

indi

vidu

al

and

grou

p w

ork

invo

lvin

g dr

aftin

g an

d ev

alua

ting

text

s, m

ini-p

rese

ntat

ions

, di

scus

sion

s an

d si

mul

atio

ns.

The

pro

cess

app

roac

h to

writ

ing

is a

dopt

ed,

and

stud

ents

mak

e us

e of

ele

arni

ng re

sour

ces

to e

ngag

e in

aca

dem

ic d

iscu

ssio

ns a

nd to

re

flect

on

thei

r lea

rnin

g.

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre a

re u

sed

thro

ugho

ut

the

cour

se.

Stud

ents

will

be

refe

rred

to le

arni

ng r

esou

rces

on

the

Inte

rnet

and

in

the

ELC

’s C

entre

for

Ind

epen

dent

Lan

guag

e Le

arni

ng.

Add

ition

al r

efer

ence

m

ater

ials

will

be

reco

mm

ende

d as

requ

ired.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(Not

e 4)

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent m

etho

ds/ta

sks

%

wei

ghtin

gIn

tend

ed

subj

ect

lear

ning

ou

tcom

es to

be

asse

ssed

a b

c

1. P

ositi

on A

rgum

ent E

ssay

(dra

ft)

20%

2. P

ositi

on A

rgum

ent E

ssay

(fin

al)

45%

3. A

cade

mic

pre

sent

atio

n &

di

scus

sion

35

%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Ass

essm

ents

1 a

nd 2

ass

ess

stud

ents

’ abi

litie

s to

pro

duce

a c

oher

ent a

cade

mic

text

w

hich

requ

ires

rese

arch

, and

eff

ectiv

e us

e an

d re

fere

ncin

g of

sou

rces

(ref

. LO

s (a

) an

d (b

)).

Ass

essm

ent

3 as

sess

es t

heir

abili

ties

to p

lan,

pre

sent

and

jus

tify

thei

r vi

ews i

n an

ora

l def

ence

(ref

. LO

s (a)

and

(c))

.

In a

dditi

on to

thes

e as

sess

men

ts, s

tude

nts a

re re

quire

d to

com

plet

e fu

rther

lang

uage

tra

inin

g th

roug

h w

orki

ng o

n th

eir

ePor

tfolio

thr

ough

out

the

cour

se.

Thi

s w

ill

invo

lve

stud

ents

in re

adin

g te

xts

and

subs

eque

nt o

nlin

e w

ritin

g an

d di

scus

sion

that

w

ill p

aral

lel

the

proc

ess

writ

ing

appr

oach

inv

olve

d in

ass

essm

ents

1 a

nd 2

, and

al

ign

with

all

thre

e LO

s.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

39 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

78 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

17 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s C

ours

e m

ater

ial

1.

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre

Reco

mm

ende

d re

fere

nces

1.

Fa

igle

y,

L.

(201

2).

Bac

kpac

k w

ritin

g:

Ref

lect

ing,

ar

guin

g,

info

rmin

g,

anal

yzin

g, e

valu

atin

g (3

rd e

d.).

Bos

ton,

MA

: Pea

rson

. 2.

M

adde

n, C

. an

d R

ohlc

k, T

. N

. (1

997)

. D

iscu

ssio

n an

d in

tera

ctio

n in

the

ac

adem

ic c

omm

unity

. Ann

Arb

or, M

I: U

nive

rsity

of M

ichi

gan

Pres

s.

3.

Osh

ima,

A. &

Hog

ue, A

. (20

06).

Writ

ing

acad

emic

Eng

lish

(4th

ed.

). W

hite

Pl

ains

, NY

: Pea

rson

/Lon

gman

. 4.

R

einh

art,

S. M

. (20

13).

Giv

ing

acad

emic

pre

sent

atio

ns (

2nd

ed.).

Ann

Arb

or,

MI:

Uni

vers

ity o

f Mic

higa

n Pr

ess.

5.

W

ood,

N.

V.

(201

2).

Pers

pect

ives

on

argu

men

t (7

th e

d.).

Bos

ton,

MA

: Pe

arso

n.

AI - 34

Not

e 1:

Int

ende

d Le

arni

ng O

utco

mes

In

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

sho

uld

stat

e w

hat s

tude

nts

shou

ld b

e ab

le to

do

or a

ttain

upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect.

Subj

ect o

utco

mes

ar

e ex

pect

ed to

con

tribu

te to

the

atta

inm

ent o

f the

ove

rall

prog

ram

me

outc

omes

.

Not

e 2:

Sub

ject

Syn

opsi

s/ In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

The

sylla

bus

shou

ld a

dequ

atel

y ad

dres

s th

e in

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

. At

the

sam

e tim

e ov

er-c

row

ding

of

the

sylla

bus

shou

ld b

e av

oide

d.

Not

e 3:

Tea

chin

g/Le

arni

ng M

etho

dolo

gy

This

sec

tion

shou

ld i

nclu

de a

brie

f de

scrip

tion

of t

he t

each

ing

and

lear

ning

met

hods

to

be e

mpl

oyed

to

faci

litat

e le

arni

ng,

and

a ju

stifi

catio

n of

how

the

met

hods

are

alig

ned

with

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es o

f the

subj

ect.

N

ote

4:

Asse

ssm

ent M

etho

d Th

is s

ectio

n sh

ould

incl

ude

the

asse

ssm

ent m

etho

d(s)

to b

e us

ed a

nd it

s re

lativ

e w

eigh

ting,

and

indi

cate

whi

ch o

f the

sub

ject

inte

nded

le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

tha

t ea

ch m

etho

d pu

rpor

ts t

o as

sess

. It

shou

ld a

lso

prov

ide

a br

ief

expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es.

AI - 35

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ELC

2011

Subj

ect T

itle

Adv

ance

d En

glis

h R

eadi

ng a

nd W

ritin

g Sk

ills

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

A

dvan

ced

Engl

ish

for U

nive

rsity

Stu

dies

(ELC

1014

)

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

hel

p st

uden

ts b

ecom

e m

ore

effe

ctiv

e re

ader

s. It

focu

ses

on

deve

lopi

ng s

tude

nts’

faci

lity

to re

ad a

var

iety

of t

exts

in a

crit

ical

man

ner,

and

to

be a

ble

to d

iscu

ss th

e st

ance

of t

he w

riter

as w

ell a

s the

ir ow

n re

flect

ive

resp

onse

to

a te

xt.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of t

he s

ubje

ct, s

tude

nts

will

be

able

to

exam

ine

a va

riety

of t

exts

, inc

ludi

ng li

tera

ry te

xts,

and:

a. i

dent

ify s

alie

nt i

deas

and

im

plic

atio

ns,

and

dist

ingu

ish

unsu

ppor

ted

clai

ms

from

supp

orte

d on

es, a

nd fa

llaci

es fr

om v

alid

arg

umen

ts

b. p

rodu

ce c

ritic

al o

r in

terp

reta

tive

text

s w

hich

dis

cuss

and

eva

luat

e te

xts

and

writ

er p

ositi

ons

c. w

rite

and

disc

uss c

ritic

al re

spon

ses t

o va

rious

text

s

To a

chie

ve th

e ab

ove

outc

omes

, stu

dent

s ar

e ex

pect

ed to

use

lang

uage

and

text

st

ruct

ure

appr

opria

te to

the

cont

ext,

sele

ct in

form

atio

n cr

itica

lly, a

nd p

rese

nt a

nd

supp

ort s

tanc

e an

d op

inio

n.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1. R

eadi

ng st

rate

gies

R

eadi

ng i

nten

sive

ly t

o in

vest

igat

e a

parti

cula

r to

pic

and

deve

lop

an i

n-de

pth

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

iss

ues

and

stan

ces;

rea

ding

crit

ical

ly t

o ex

tract

im

plic

atio

ns,

dist

ingu

ish

fact

from

opi

nion

and

falla

cies

from

val

id a

rgum

ents

, and

to id

entif

y w

riter

s’ a

ssum

ptio

ns a

nd p

urpo

ses;

ana

lysi

ng is

sues

rais

ed in

text

s w

ritte

n fr

om

diff

eren

t per

spec

tives

, inc

ludi

ng li

tera

ry te

xts;

rea

ding

ext

ensi

vely

to a

ppre

ciat

e th

e us

e of

lan

guag

e, a

cqui

re i

nfor

mat

ion,

pro

mot

e un

ders

tand

ing

and

deve

lop

empa

thy.

2.

Writ

ing

stra

tegi

es

Pres

entin

g vi

ews

and

argu

men

ts t

o ed

ucat

ed r

eade

rs;

desc

ribin

g an

d an

alys

ing

the

stru

ctur

e, m

eani

ng a

nd c

hara

cter

istic

s of

a v

arie

ty o

f tex

ts; d

iscu

ssin

g w

riter

in

tent

ions

.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

prim

arily

sem

inar

-bas

ed.

Fol

low

ing

a bl

ende

d le

arni

ng

appr

oach

, ac

tiviti

es i

nclu

de t

each

er i

nput

as

wel

l as

in-

and

out

-of-

clas

s in

divi

dual

and

gro

up w

ork

invo

lvin

g dr

aftin

g an

d ev

alua

ting

text

s, m

ini-

pres

enta

tions

and

dis

cuss

ions

. Th

e pr

oces

s ap

proa

ch to

writ

ing

is a

dopt

ed, a

nd

stud

ents

mak

e us

e of

ele

arni

ng re

sour

ces

to e

ngag

e in

aca

dem

ic d

iscu

ssio

ns a

nd

to re

flect

on

thei

r lea

rnin

g.

Lear

ning

m

ater

ials

de

velo

ped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

C

entre

ar

e us

ed

thro

ugho

ut t

he c

ours

e.

Stud

ents

will

be

refe

rred

to

lear

ning

res

ourc

es o

n th

e In

tern

et

and

in

the

ELC

’s

Cen

tre

for

Inde

pend

ent

Lang

uage

Le

arni

ng.

Add

ition

al re

fere

nce

mat

eria

ls w

ill b

e re

com

men

ded

as re

quire

d.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent m

etho

ds/ta

sks

%

wei

ghtin

g In

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es to

be

asse

ssed

a b

c

1. R

efle

ctiv

e w

ritin

g 20

%

2. A

naly

sing

text

s writ

ten

in

diff

eren

t sty

les a

nd fr

om v

ario

us

pers

pect

ives

40%

3. W

ritin

g a

feat

ure

artic

le

40%

Tota

l 10

0%

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of

the

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

in

asse

ssin

g th

e in

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

:

Ass

essm

ent

1 re

quire

s st

uden

ts t

o w

rite

refle

ctiv

e re

spon

ses

to t

exts

and

/or

book

s th

ey h

ave

read

, and

is a

ligne

d w

ith L

O (

c).

Ass

essm

ents

2 a

nd 3

ass

ess

LO (

a) a

nd i

nvol

ve s

tude

nts

empl

oyin

g ef

fect

ive

criti

cal

read

ing

and

thin

king

sk

ills.

Ass

essm

ent

3 re

quire

s st

uden

ts t

o co

nduc

t lib

rary

/onl

ine

sear

ch a

nd

prod

uce

a cr

itica

l tex

t, th

us in

tegr

atin

g th

e re

cept

ive

criti

cal r

eadi

ng s

kills

with

th

e pr

oduc

tion

of a

writ

ten

text

whi

ch c

ritic

ally

ass

esse

s the

text

s the

y ha

ve re

ad.

All

thre

e as

sess

men

ts a

sses

s st

uden

ts’

abili

ties

with

reg

ard

to L

O (

c) b

ut i

n di

ffer

ent w

ays,

and

requ

ire s

tude

nts

to p

rese

nt a

nd s

uppo

rt th

eir i

nter

pret

atio

n of

th

eir r

eadi

ng.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

39 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

78 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

17 H

rs.

AI - 36

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s C

ours

e m

ater

ial

1.

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre

Reco

mm

ende

d re

fere

nces

1.

Bes

t, J.

(200

1).

Dam

ned

lies

and

stat

istic

s: U

ntan

glin

g nu

mbe

rs f

rom

the

m

edia

, po

litic

ians

, an

d ac

tivis

ts.

Ber

kele

y, C

A:

Uni

vers

ity o

f C

alifo

rnia

Pr

ess.

2.

Coo

per,

S. &

Pat

ton,

R. (

2010

). W

ritin

g lo

gica

lly, t

hink

ing

criti

cally

. New

Y

ork,

NY

: Lon

gman

. 3.

D

amer

, T.

E.

(200

9).

Atta

ckin

g fa

ulty

rea

soni

ng:

A p

ract

ical

gui

de t

o fa

llacy

-fre

e ar

gum

ents

. Bel

mon

t, C

A: W

adsw

orth

Cen

gage

Lea

rnin

g.

4.

Ken

nedy

, X. J

. & G

ioia

, D. (

2010

). Li

tera

ture

: A

n in

trodu

ctio

n to

fic

tion,

po

etry

, dra

ma,

and

writ

ing

(11t

h ed

.). N

ew Y

ork,

NY

: Lon

gman

. 5.

M

efca

lfe, M

. (20

06).

Rea

ding

crit

ical

ly a

t uni

vers

ity. T

hous

and

Oak

s, C

A:

Sage

.

AI - 37

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ELC

2012

Subj

ect T

itle

Pers

uasi

ve C

omm

unic

atio

n

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

A

dvan

ced

Engl

ish

for U

nive

rsity

Stu

dies

(ELC

1014

)

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

hel

p st

uden

ts b

ecom

e m

ore

pers

uasi

ve c

omm

unic

ator

s in

a

varie

ty o

f con

text

s tha

t the

y m

ay e

ncou

nter

at u

nive

rsity

and

in th

e w

orkp

lace

.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(Not

e 1)

By

the

end

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts sh

ould

be

able

to c

omm

unic

ate

effe

ctiv

ely

in a

n En

glis

h-m

ediu

m e

nviro

nmen

t thr

ough

: a)

w

ritin

g pe

rsua

sive

text

s int

ende

d fo

r a v

arie

ty o

f aud

ienc

es

b) c

omm

unic

atin

g pe

rsua

sive

ly in

ora

l con

text

s c)

m

ake

pers

uasi

ve a

rgum

ents

in fo

rmal

dis

cuss

ions

To a

chie

ve t

hese

, st

uden

ts a

re e

xpec

ted

to u

se l

angu

age

and

text

stru

ctur

e ap

prop

riate

to

the

cont

ext,

sele

ct i

nfor

mat

ion

criti

cally

, an

d pr

esen

t an

d su

ppor

t st

ance

and

opi

nion

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

(Not

e 2)

1. P

repa

ring

for e

ffec

tive

pers

uasi

on

Ass

essi

ng

the

situ

atio

n;

sele

ctin

g re

leva

nt

cont

ent;

orga

nisi

ng

idea

s an

d in

form

atio

n; s

elec

ting

an a

ppro

pria

te t

one,

dis

tanc

e an

d le

vel

of f

orm

ality

to

supp

ort t

he c

omm

unic

atio

n of

mes

sage

s. 2.

Per

suas

ion

thro

ugh

writ

ing

Dev

elop

ing

and

prac

tisin

g ap

prop

riate

la

ngua

ge,

tone

, st

yle

and

stru

ctur

e;

achi

evin

g co

hesi

on a

nd c

oher

ence

. 3.

Per

suas

ion

thro

ugh

spea

king

D

evel

opin

g an

d pr

actis

ing

appr

opria

te v

erba

l and

non

-ver

bal s

kills

for

per

suas

ive

oral

com

mun

icat

ion;

im

prov

ing

and

exte

ndin

g re

leva

nt p

ronu

ncia

tion

feat

ures

, in

clud

ing

artic

ulat

ion,

pau

sing

, int

onat

ion,

wor

d st

ress

and

sent

ence

stre

ss.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

(Not

e 3)

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

prim

arily

sem

inar

-bas

ed.

Act

iviti

es in

clud

e te

ache

r in

put a

s w

ell

as i

ndiv

idua

l an

d gr

oup

wor

k in

volv

ing

read

ing

and

appr

ecia

ting

text

s, di

scus

sion

s and

pre

sent

atio

ns o

f ide

as.

Le

arni

ng m

ater

ials

dev

elop

ed b

y th

e En

glis

h La

ngua

ge C

entre

are

use

d th

roug

hout

th

e co

urse

. St

uden

ts w

ill b

e re

ferr

ed to

lear

ning

res

ourc

es o

n th

e In

tern

et a

nd in

th

e EL

C’s

Cen

tre f

or I

ndep

ende

nt L

angu

age

Lear

ning

. A

dditi

onal

ref

eren

ce

mat

eria

ls w

ill b

e re

com

men

ded

as re

quire

d.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(Not

e 4)

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c

1. S

peec

h 30

%

2. P

ersu

asiv

e w

ritte

n te

xt

40%

3. D

ebat

e 30

%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Ass

essm

ent 1

is a

n in

divi

dual

spe

ech.

A

sses

smen

t 2 c

once

ntra

tes

on p

ersu

asiv

e w

ritin

g. A

sses

smen

t 3 e

xam

ines

a d

iffer

ent a

spec

t of p

ersu

asio

n, th

e de

bate

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

39 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

78 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

17 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s

Requ

ired

read

ings

1.

ELC

-pro

vide

d su

bjec

t mat

eria

ls.

Oth

er re

adin

gs

1.

Bre

aden

, B. L

. (19

96).

Spea

king

to p

ersu

ade.

For

t Wor

th, T

X: H

arco

urt B

race

C

olle

ge.

2.

Cov

ino,

W.A

. (19

98).

The

elem

ents

of p

ersu

asio

n. B

osto

n: A

llyn

and

Bac

on.

3.

Edw

ards

, R

. E.

(20

08).

Com

petit

ive

deba

te:

The

offic

ial

guid

e. N

ew Y

ork:

A

lpha

Boo

ks.

4.

Lean

ne, S

. (20

08).

Say

it lik

e O

bam

a: T

he p

ower

of s

peak

ing

with

pur

pose

and

vi

sion

. New

Yor

k: M

cGra

w H

ill.

5.

Rog

ers,

W.

(200

7).

Pers

uasi

on:

mes

sage

s, re

ceiv

ers,

and

cont

exts

. La

nham

, M

D: R

owm

an &

Litt

lefie

ld P

ublis

hers

. 6.

St

iff, J

. B. (

2003

). Pe

rsua

sive

com

mun

icat

ion

(2nd

ed.

). N

ew Y

ork:

Gui

lford

Pr

ess.

Not

e 1:

Int

ende

d Le

arni

ng O

utco

mes

In

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

sho

uld

stat

e w

hat s

tude

nts

shou

ld b

e ab

le to

do

or a

ttain

upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect.

Subj

ect o

utco

mes

ar

e ex

pect

ed to

con

tribu

te to

the

atta

inm

ent o

f the

ove

rall

prog

ram

me

outc

omes

.

Not

e 2:

Sub

ject

Syn

opsi

s/ In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

The

sylla

bus

shou

ld a

dequ

atel

y ad

dres

s th

e in

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

. At

the

sam

e tim

e ov

er-c

row

ding

of

the

sylla

bus

shou

ld b

e av

oide

d.

Not

e 3:

Tea

chin

g/Le

arni

ng M

etho

dolo

gy

This

sec

tion

shou

ld i

nclu

de a

brie

f de

scrip

tion

of t

he t

each

ing

and

lear

ning

met

hods

to

be e

mpl

oyed

to

faci

litat

e le

arni

ng,

and

a ju

stifi

catio

n of

how

the

met

hods

are

alig

ned

with

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es o

f the

subj

ect.

N

ote

4: A

sses

smen

t Met

hod

This

sec

tion

shou

ld in

clud

e th

e as

sess

men

t met

hod(

s) to

be

used

and

its

rela

tive

wei

ghtin

g, a

nd in

dica

te w

hich

of t

he s

ubje

ct in

tend

ed

lear

ning

out

com

es t

hat

each

met

hod

purp

orts

to

asse

ss.

It sh

ould

also

pro

vide

a b

rief

expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es.

AI - 38

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ELC

2013

Subj

ect T

itle

Engl

ish

in L

itera

ture

and

Film

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

A

dvan

ced

Engl

ish

for U

nive

rsity

Stu

dies

(ELC

1014

)

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

This

subj

ect a

ims

to in

trodu

ce st

uden

ts to

a ra

nge

of li

tera

ry g

enre

s in

Engl

ish

as w

ell

as to

ena

ble

them

to c

onsi

der

diff

eren

ces

in m

edia

rep

rese

ntat

ions

of

genr

es, a

nd to

ap

prec

iate

and

neg

otia

te th

e m

eani

ngs o

f a v

arie

ty o

f lite

rary

text

s.

It is

als

o in

tend

ed th

at th

e su

bjec

t will

hel

p st

uden

ts fu

rther

dev

elop

lite

racy

, as

wel

l as

hig

her o

rder

thin

king

and

life

-long

lear

ning

skill

s.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(Not

e 1)

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

: a.

ex

amin

e an

d an

alys

e lit

erar

y te

xts f

rom

diff

eren

t per

spec

tives

b.

di

scus

s lite

rary

tech

niqu

es e

mpl

oyed

by

writ

ers

c.

appr

ecia

te a

nd a

rticu

late

diff

eren

ces i

n te

xtua

l and

vis

ual m

edia

repr

esen

tatio

ns

To a

chie

ve t

he a

bove

out

com

es,

stud

ents

are

exp

ecte

d to

use

lan

guag

e an

d te

xt

stru

ctur

e ap

prop

riate

to

the

cont

ext,

sele

ct i

nfor

mat

ion

criti

cally

, an

d pr

esen

t an

d su

ppor

t sta

nce

and

opin

ion.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

(Not

e 2)

1.

Writ

ten

com

mun

icat

ion

Des

crib

ing

and

inte

rpre

ting

cont

ent

and

lang

uage

in

liter

ary

text

s; e

mpl

oyin

g ap

prop

riate

gra

mm

atic

al st

ruct

ures

and

voc

abul

ary.

2.

Sp

oken

com

mun

icat

ion

Pres

entin

g cr

itica

l eva

luat

ion

of li

tera

ry w

orks

eff

ectiv

ely

and

conv

inci

ngly

. 3.

R

eadi

ng

Dev

elop

ing

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

and

com

pete

nce

in u

sing

lite

rary

dev

ices

suc

h as

m

etap

hor,

sim

ile a

nd sy

mbo

lism

, via

read

ing

liter

ary

text

s and

vie

win

g fil

m v

ersi

ons.

4.

Lang

uage

dev

elop

men

t Im

prov

ing

fluen

cy

and

pron

unci

atio

n,

and

exte

ndin

g gr

amm

atic

al

and

lexi

cal

com

pete

nce.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

(Not

e 3)

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

prim

arily

sem

inar

-bas

ed.

Fol

low

ing

a bl

ende

d de

liver

y ap

proa

ch, a

ctiv

ities

inc

lude

tea

cher

inp

ut a

s w

ell

as i

n- a

nd o

ut-o

f-cl

ass

indi

vidu

al

and

grou

p w

ork

invo

lvin

g lis

teni

ng to

and

vie

win

g a

varie

ty o

f aud

io-v

isua

l sou

rces

, re

adin

g an

d dr

aftin

g te

xts,

cond

uctin

g in

tern

et r

esea

rch,

mak

ing

min

i-pre

sent

atio

ns,

parti

cipa

ting

in d

iscu

ssio

ns,

and

com

parin

g va

rious

rep

rese

ntat

ions

of

liter

atur

e.

Stud

ents

will

mak

e us

e of

ele

arni

ng re

sour

ces a

nd w

eb-b

ased

wor

k to

furth

er im

prov

e th

eir E

nglis

h lit

erac

y sk

ills.

Le

arni

ng m

ater

ials

dev

elop

ed b

y th

e En

glis

h La

ngua

ge C

entre

are

use

d th

roug

hout

th

e co

urse

. St

uden

ts w

ill b

e re

ferr

ed to

lear

ning

reso

urce

s on

the

Inte

rnet

and

in th

e EL

C’s

Cen

tre f

or I

ndep

ende

nt L

angu

age

Lear

ning

. A

dditi

onal

ref

eren

ce m

ater

ials

w

ill b

e re

com

men

ded

as re

quire

d.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(Not

e 4)

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be a

sses

sed

a b

c

1. In

divi

dual

pap

er

30%

2. W

ritte

n te

st

40%

3. G

roup

pro

ject

30

%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

In a

sses

smen

t 1,

stu

dent

s ar

e re

quire

d to

writ

e an

ind

ivid

ual

pape

r in

whi

ch t

hey

criti

cally

ref

lect

on

thei

r re

adin

g of

pro

se,

and

by s

o do

ing,

dem

onst

rate

the

ir ac

hiev

emen

t of

LO

(a)

. A

sses

smen

ts 2

and

3 a

re a

ligne

d w

ith a

ll th

ree

LOs.

A

sses

smen

t 2

asse

sses

stu

dent

s’ u

nder

stan

ding

of

a lit

erar

y dr

ama

and

requ

ires

com

paris

on o

f th

e m

erits

of

its te

xtua

l an

d th

eatri

cal v

ersi

ons.

Ass

essm

ent 3

is a

gr

oup

proj

ect t

hat r

equi

res

read

ing

and

inte

rpre

tatio

n of

mor

e cr

eativ

e lit

erat

ure

and

pres

enta

tion

of a

udio

-vis

ual s

ourc

es.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

39 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

78 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

17 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s Re

com

men

ded

read

ing

The

Poly

U li

brar

y re

tain

s eith

er h

ardc

opie

s or e

lect

roni

c co

pies

of t

he fo

llow

ing

title

s. T

he ti

tles c

an a

lso

be fo

und

onlin

e.

1.

Stam

, R.,

and

Rae

ngo,

A. (

eds.)

. (20

04).

A co

mpa

nion

to li

tera

ture

and

film

. [e

lect

roni

c so

urce

] Bla

ckw

ell r

efer

ence

onl

ine.

Mal

den:

Bla

ckw

ell.

C

all n

umbe

r PN

1995

.3.C

65 2

004e

b ht

tp://

ww

w.b

lack

wel

lrefe

renc

e.co

m/s

ubsc

riber

/uid

=262

/boo

k?id

=g97

8063

1230

533_

9780

6312

3053

3&au

thst

atus

code

=202

O

ther

read

ings

will

be

spec

ified

by

the

ELC

teac

her,

and

may

con

tain

shor

t fic

tion,

no

vele

ttes,

play

s and

poe

try.

AI - 39

Not

e 1:

Int

ende

d Le

arni

ng O

utco

mes

In

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

sho

uld

stat

e w

hat s

tude

nts

shou

ld b

e ab

le to

do

or a

ttain

upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect.

Subj

ect o

utco

mes

ar

e ex

pect

ed to

con

tribu

te to

the

atta

inm

ent o

f the

ove

rall

prog

ram

me

outc

omes

.

Not

e 2:

Sub

ject

Syn

opsi

s/ In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

The

sylla

bus

shou

ld a

dequ

atel

y ad

dres

s th

e in

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

. At

the

sam

e tim

e ov

er-c

row

ding

of

the

sylla

bus

shou

ld b

e av

oide

d.

Not

e 3:

Tea

chin

g/Le

arni

ng M

etho

dolo

gy

This

sec

tion

shou

ld i

nclu

de a

brie

f de

scrip

tion

of t

he t

each

ing

and

lear

ning

met

hods

to

be e

mpl

oyed

to

faci

litat

e le

arni

ng,

and

a ju

stifi

catio

n of

how

the

met

hods

are

alig

ned

with

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es o

f the

subj

ect.

N

ote

4: A

sses

smen

t Met

hod

This

sec

tion

shou

ld in

clud

e th

e as

sess

men

t met

hod(

s) to

be

used

and

its

rela

tive

wei

ghtin

g, a

nd in

dica

te w

hich

of t

he s

ubje

ct in

tend

ed

lear

ning

out

com

es t

hat

each

met

hod

purp

orts

to

asse

ss.

It sh

ould

als

o pr

ovid

e a

brie

f ex

plan

atio

n of

the

app

ropr

iate

ness

of

the

asse

ssm

ent m

etho

ds in

ass

essin

g th

e in

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

.

AI - 40

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ENG

2002

Subj

ect T

itle

Com

pute

r Pro

gram

min

g

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

(i)

To in

trodu

ce th

e fu

ndam

enta

l con

cept

s of c

ompu

ter p

rogr

amm

ing

(ii)

To e

quip

stud

ents

with

soun

d sk

ills i

n C

/C++

pro

gram

min

g la

ngua

ge

(iii)

To e

quip

stu

dent

s w

ith t

echn

ique

s fo

r de

velo

ping

stru

ctur

ed a

nd o

bjec

t-or

ient

ed c

ompu

ter p

rogr

ams

(iv)

To d

emon

stra

te t

he t

echn

ique

s fo

r im

plem

entin

g en

gine

erin

g ap

plic

atio

ns

usin

g co

mpu

ter p

rogr

ams.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

1.

Fam

iliar

ize

them

selv

es w

ith a

t lea

st o

ne C

/C++

pro

gram

min

g en

viro

nmen

t. 2.

B

e pr

ofic

ient

in

usin

g th

e ba

sic

cons

truct

s of

C/C

++ t

o de

velo

p a

com

pute

r pr

ogra

m.

3.

Be

able

to d

evel

op a

stru

ctur

ed a

nd d

ocum

ente

d co

mpu

ter p

rogr

am.

4.

Und

erst

and

the

fund

amen

tals

of

obje

ct-o

rient

ed p

rogr

amm

ing

and

be a

ble

to

appl

y it

in c

ompu

ter p

rogr

am d

evel

opm

ent.

5.

Be

able

to

appl

y th

e co

mpu

ter

prog

ram

min

g te

chni

ques

to

solv

e pr

actic

al

engi

neer

ing

prob

lem

s.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Sylla

bus:

1.

In

trodu

ctio

n to

pro

gram

min

g -

Com

pone

nts

of a

com

pute

r; Pr

ogra

mm

ing

envi

ronm

ent;

Proc

ess o

f app

licat

ion

deve

lopm

ent.

2.

Bol

ts a

nd N

uts o

f C/C

++ -

Prep

roce

ssor

; Pro

gram

cod

e; F

unct

ions

; Com

men

ts;

Var

iabl

es a

nd c

onst

ants

; Exp

ress

ions

and

stat

emen

ts; O

pera

tors

. 3.

Pr

ogra

m F

low

Con

trol -

Bra

nchi

ng a

nd lo

opin

g; F

unct

ion

para

met

ers

pass

ing;

R

etur

n va

lues

; Loc

al a

nd g

loba

l var

iabl

es; S

cope

of v

aria

bles

. 4.

Pr

ogra

m D

esig

n an

d D

ebug

ging

- S

truct

ured

pro

gram

des

ign;

Deb

uggi

ng a

pr

ogra

m.

Cas

e st

udy:

Usi

ng th

e V

isua

l C++

deb

ugge

r. 5.

B

asic

Obj

ect

Orie

nted

Pro

gram

min

g -

Obj

ects

and

cla

sses

; Pr

ivat

e ve

rsus

pu

blic

; Im

plem

entin

g cl

ass m

etho

ds; C

onst

ruct

ors a

nd d

estru

ctor

s.

6.

Poin

ter a

nd A

rray

- St

ack

and

Free

sto

re; C

reat

e an

d de

lete

obj

ects

in th

e fr

ee

stor

e; P

oint

er a

rithm

etic

; Pa

ssin

g fu

nctio

n ar

gum

ents

by

poin

ter;

Ret

urni

ng

valu

es b

y po

inte

r; A

rray

of

obje

cts;

Arr

ay a

nd p

oint

er;

Arr

ay o

f po

inte

rs;

Poin

ter o

f arr

ay; C

hara

cter

arr

ay; C

omm

and-

line

proc

essi

ng.

7.

Stre

am I/

O -

Inpu

t and

out

put a

s stre

ams;

File

I/O

usi

ng st

ream

s.

Tea

chin

g/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Teac

hing

and

Lea

rnin

g M

etho

d In

tend

ed

Subj

ect

Lear

ning

O

utco

me

Rem

arks

Lect

ures

, sup

plem

ente

d w

ith sh

ort q

uizz

es

2,3,

4 St

uden

ts a

re in

trodu

ced

to th

e kn

owle

dge

of c

ompu

ter p

rogr

amm

ing

thro

ugh

expl

anat

ion

and

illus

trativ

e ex

ampl

es.

Com

preh

ensi

on o

f the

kn

owle

dge

is st

reng

then

ed w

ith sh

ort

quiz

zes.

Stu

dent

s will

be

able

to

mon

itor t

he sk

ills o

f usi

ng C

/C++

and

ap

ply

the

tech

niqu

es o

f dev

elop

ing

stru

ctur

ed o

bjec

t-orie

nted

app

licat

ions

. La

bora

torie

s/tu

toria

ls

whe

re p

robl

ems a

re

give

n to

stud

ents

for

them

to so

lve

1,2,

3,4,

5 St

uden

ts a

pply

wha

t the

y ha

ve le

arnt

in

lect

ures

and

solv

e pr

oble

ms i

n ex

erci

ses.

The

pur

pose

is to

ens

ure

stud

ents

hav

e ca

ptur

ed th

e im

porta

nt

poin

ts.

Tuto

rs w

ill a

id th

e le

ctur

er in

he

lpin

g th

e st

uden

ts fi

nish

ing

the

exer

cise

s, an

d in

tera

ctiv

e Q

&A

will

ta

ke p

lace

.

Hom

ewor

k, te

sts a

nd

final

exa

min

atio

n 1,

2,3,

4,5

By

doin

g ho

mew

ork,

stud

ents

will

de

velo

p a

firm

und

erst

andi

ng a

nd

com

preh

ensi

on o

f the

kno

wle

dge

taug

ht.

They

will

ana

lyse

giv

en

C/C

++ a

pplic

atio

ns a

nd a

pply

kn

owle

dge

in so

lvin

g pr

oble

ms.

For

so

me

desi

gn ty

pe o

f pro

blem

s, th

ey

will

hav

e to

synt

hesi

ze so

lutio

ns b

y ev

alua

ting

diff

eren

t alte

rnat

ives

. To

en

hanc

e th

e st

uden

ts’ p

robl

em so

lvin

g sk

ill in

a g

iven

pro

gram

min

g en

viro

nmen

t, op

en-b

ook

prog

ram

min

g te

sts a

re a

rran

ged

regu

larly

. To

ass

ure

stud

ents

’ und

erst

andi

ng o

f fu

ndam

enta

l con

cept

s, a

clos

ed-b

ook

final

exa

min

atio

n is

arr

ange

d.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

sub

ject

lear

ning

out

com

es

to b

e as

sess

ed

1 2

3 4

5

1.

In-c

lass

exe

rcis

es

10%

2.

Shor

t-qui

zzes

15

%

3.

Prog

ram

min

g te

sts

30%

4.

Hom

ewor

k 15

%

5.

Fina

l exa

min

atio

n 30

%

Tota

l 10

0%

AI - 41

Exp

lana

tion

of th

e ap

prop

riat

enes

s of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

shor

t-qui

zzes

are

for

ass

essi

ng t

he u

nder

stan

ding

of

fund

amen

tal

conc

epts

. Th

e in

-cla

ss e

xerc

ises

are

con

duct

ed t

o he

lp s

tude

nts

fam

iliar

ized

with

the

pr

ogra

mm

ing

lang

uage

and

ski

lls.

The

prog

ram

min

g te

sts

are

for

asse

ssin

g th

e ab

ility

of

stud

ents

on

solv

ing

com

pute

r pr

oble

ms

thro

ugh

prog

ram

min

g w

ithin

a

spec

ified

per

iod.

Th

roug

h do

ing

hom

ewor

k, s

tude

nts

will

be

able

to

expe

rienc

e ho

w t

o so

lve

com

pute

r pr

oble

ms

and

desi

gn s

olut

ions

by

usin

g a

syst

emat

ic

appr

oach

. Th

e fin

al e

xam

inat

ion

is fo

r ass

essi

ng th

e st

uden

ts’ a

bilit

y on

usi

ng th

e pr

ogra

mm

ing

lang

uage

and

ana

lysi

ng c

ompu

ter p

robl

ems.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

39 H

rs.

Le

ctur

es, T

ests

and

Qui

zzes

26

Hrs

.

La

bora

tory

/Tut

oria

l 13

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t: 71

Hrs

.

Se

lf-st

udyi

ng

57 H

rs.

H

omew

ork

14 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

11

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s R

efer

ence

Boo

ks:

1.

S. R

ao,

Sam

s Te

ach

You

rsel

f C

++ i

n O

ne H

our

a D

ay.

Ind

iana

polis

, IN

: Sa

ms,

2012

. 2.

P.

J. D

eite

l an

d H

.M.

Dei

tel,

C+

+ H

ow T

o Pr

ogra

m,

9th e

d.

Bos

ton,

MA

: Pr

entic

e H

all,

2014

. 3.

J.

Libe

rty a

nd R

. Cad

enhe

ad, S

ams

Teac

h Y

ours

elf

C++

in 2

4 ho

urs

(5th

ed.

) In

dian

apol

is, I

N: S

ams,

2011

. 4.

I

Hor

ton,

Ivo

r H

orto

ns B

egin

ning

Vis

ual

C++

201

0 [e

lect

roni

c re

sour

ce].

In

dian

apol

is, I

N: W

iley,

201

0.

AI - 42

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

IC21

05

Subj

ect T

itle

Engi

neer

ing

Com

mun

icat

ion

and

Fund

amen

tals

Cre

dit V

alue

4

Trai

ning

Cre

dits

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

off

ers

a w

ide

spec

trum

of

fund

amen

tal e

ngin

eerin

g pr

actic

e th

at a

re

esse

ntia

l for

a p

rofe

ssio

nal e

ngin

eer.

This

sub

ject

incl

udes

Eng

inee

ring

Dra

win

g an

d C

AD

, Ind

ustri

al S

afet

y an

d El

ectro

nic

Prod

uct S

afet

y Te

st a

nd P

ract

ice,

Bas

ic

Mec

hatro

nic

Prac

tice

and

Bas

ic S

cien

tific

Com

putin

g w

ith M

ATL

AB

that

aim

s at

pr

ovid

ing

fund

amen

tal

and

nece

ssar

y te

chni

cal

skill

s to

all

year

1 s

tude

nts

inte

rest

ed in

eng

inee

ring.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

a)

expl

ain

the

prin

cipl

es

and

conv

entio

nal

repr

esen

tatio

n of

en

gine

erin

g dr

awin

gs a

ccor

ding

to e

ngin

eerin

g st

anda

rds a

nd b

e ab

le to

use

it a

s a m

ediu

m

in

tech

nica

l co

mm

unic

atio

n an

d do

cum

enta

tion

with

C

AD

ap

plic

atio

n,

mod

ellin

g an

d pr

actic

e w

ith a

pplic

atio

n in

mec

hani

cal,

indu

stria

l sys

tem

s an

d el

ectri

cal e

ngin

eerin

g;

b)

expl

ain

basi

c oc

cupa

tiona

l he

alth

and

ind

ustri

al s

afet

y re

quire

men

ts f

or

engi

neer

ing

prac

tice;

c)

ex

plai

n co

mm

on e

lect

roni

c pr

oduc

t saf

ety

test

s;

d)

desi

gn a

nd a

naly

ze p

ract

ical

con

trolle

r ha

rdw

are,

sof

twar

e, a

ctua

tion

devi

ces

and

hum

an-m

achi

ne in

terf

ace

for s

impl

e m

echa

troni

c sy

stem

s in

clud

ing

basi

c pr

actic

e in

hy

drau

lic,

pneu

mat

ic

and

elec

tric

syst

ems

with

co

mm

on

engi

neer

ing

com

pone

nts s

uch

as m

otor

driv

es, m

echa

nica

l driv

es, g

ears

, cam

s, be

lts, p

ulle

ys, c

oupl

ings

, bea

rings

, sea

ls a

nd fa

sten

ers;

and

e)

ap

ply

scie

ntifi

c co

mpu

ting

softw

are

for c

ompu

ting

in sc

ienc

e an

d e

ngin

eerin

g in

clud

ing

visu

aliz

atio

n an

d pr

ogra

mm

ing;

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Sylla

bus:

1.

(TM

8057

) Eng

inee

ring

Dra

win

g an

d C

AD

1.1.

Fun

dam

enta

ls o

f Eng

inee

ring

Dra

win

g an

d C

AD

Pr

inci

ples

of

or

thog

raph

ic

proj

ectio

n;

sect

ioni

ng;

dim

ensi

onin

g;

sket

chin

g;

gene

ral

tole

ranc

es;

conv

entio

nal

repr

esen

tatio

n of

sc

rew

th

read

s an

d fa

sten

ers;

typ

es o

f dr

awin

gs i

nclu

ding

par

t dr

awin

g an

d as

sem

bly

draw

ing.

Intro

duct

ion

to C

AD

; fea

ture

s of

2D

CA

D s

yste

m (l

ayer

; dra

w; m

odify

; bl

ock

& a

ttrib

utes

; st

anda

rd l

ibra

ry);

tech

niqu

es f

or t

he c

reat

ion

of

title

bloc

k; s

etup

of

2D p

lotti

ng;

gene

ral

conc

epts

on

3D c

ompu

ter

mod

elin

g; p

aram

etric

fea

ture

bas

ed s

olid

mod

elin

g; c

onst

ruct

ion

and

deta

iling

of

solid

fea

ture

s; s

olid

mod

el m

odifi

catio

n an

d its

lim

itatio

ns;

conc

epts

of

asse

mbl

y m

odel

ing

incl

udin

g bo

ttom

up

and

top

dow

n ap

proa

ches

fo

r th

e ge

nera

tion

of

parts

, su

bass

embl

ies,

and

final

as

sem

bly;

virt

ual v

alid

atio

n an

d si

mul

atio

n, g

ener

atio

n of

2D

dra

win

gs

from

3D

pa

rts

and

asse

mbl

ies;

dr

awin

g an

nota

tion

incl

udin

g di

men

sion

ing,

tole

ranc

ing,

and

par

t lis

t.

1.2.

Ele

ctric

al D

raw

ing

Wiri

ng d

iagr

am a

nd w

iring

tabl

e fo

r ele

ctro

nic

and

elec

trica

l ins

talla

tion,

fu

nctio

nal r

epre

sent

atio

n of

circ

uit,

syst

em b

lock

dia

gram

, ele

ctric

al a

nd

elec

troni

c de

vice

sym

bols

and

layo

ut, a

rchi

tect

ural

wiri

ng d

iagr

am w

ith

refe

renc

e to

the

arc

hite

ctur

al s

ymbo

ls f

or e

lect

rical

dra

win

gs i

n H

ong

Kon

g an

d in

tern

atio

nal s

tand

ards

.

2.

(TM

2009

) Ind

ustri

al S

afet

y

2.1.

Sa

fety

M

anag

emen

t: O

verv

iew,

es

sent

ial

elem

ents

of

sa

fety

m

anag

emen

t, sa

fety

tra

inin

g, a

ccid

ent

man

agem

ent,

and

emer

genc

y pr

oced

ures

. 2.

2.

Safe

ty

Law

: F&

IU

Ord

inan

ce

and

prin

cipa

l re

gula

tions

, O

SH

Ord

inan

ce a

nd p

rinci

pal r

egul

atio

ns.

2.3.

O

ccup

atio

nal

Hyg

iene

and

Env

ironm

enta

l Sa

fety

: N

oise

haz

ard

and

cont

rol;

dust

haz

ard

and

cont

rol;

ergo

nom

ics o

f man

ual h

andl

ing.

2.

4.

Safe

ty T

echn

olog

y: M

echa

nica

l lif

ting,

fire

pre

vent

ion,

dan

gero

us

subs

tanc

es a

nd c

hem

ical

saf

ety,

mac

hine

ry h

azar

ds a

nd g

uard

ing,

el

ectri

cal

safe

ty,

first

aid

, jo

b sa

fety

ana

lysi

s, fa

ult

tree

anal

ysis

, pe

rson

al p

rote

ctiv

e eq

uipm

ent.

3.

(TM

1116

) Ele

ctro

nic

Prod

uct S

afet

y Te

st a

nd P

ract

ice

3.1.

U

se

of

basi

c el

ectro

nic

test

in

stru

men

ts,

curr

ent

and

volta

ge

mea

sure

men

ts,

wav

efor

m m

easu

rem

ent,

pow

er s

uppl

y an

d si

gnal

so

urce

s;

3.2.

El

ectro

nic

prod

uct

safe

ty t

est

met

hod;

Hig

h Vo

ltage

Iso

latio

n Te

st,

Insu

latio

n R

esis

tanc

e Te

st,

Con

tinui

ty

Test

, Le

akag

e C

urre

nt

Mea

sure

men

t, El

ectro

stat

ic D

isch

arge

(ES

D) T

est.

4.

(TM

0510

) Bas

ic M

echa

troni

c Pr

actic

e

4.1.

D

efin

ition

s of

m

echa

troni

cs;

desi

gn

and

oper

atio

n of

ty

pica

l m

echa

troni

c sy

stem

s; a

ppre

ciat

ion

of m

easu

rem

ent

syst

em,

actu

ator

sy

stem

, m

otor

driv

es,

mec

hani

cal

driv

es,

gear

tra

in a

nd l

inka

ge,

pneu

mat

ic a

nd h

ydra

ulic

sys

tem

s, si

gnal

con

ditio

ning

, an

d hu

man

-m

achi

ne in

terf

aces

.

4.2.

In

tegr

atio

n of

sy

stem

co

mpo

nent

s us

ing

appr

opria

te

cont

rolle

r ha

rdw

are

and

softw

are

such

as

PLC

, PA

C, a

nd M

icro

cont

rolle

r sys

tem

; us

e of

sim

ulat

ion

softw

are

pack

ages

for

pne

umat

ic a

nd h

ydra

ulic

ci

rcui

t des

ign.

5.

(TM

3014

) Bas

ic S

cien

tific

Com

putin

g w

ith M

ATLA

B

5.1.

O

verv

iew

to

sc

ient

ific

com

pute

ring;

in

trodu

ctio

n to

M

ATLA

B;

inte

ract

ive

calc

ulat

ions

, ra

ndom

nu

mbe

r ge

nera

tors

, va

riabl

es,

vect

ors,

mat

rices

and

stri

ng;

mat

hem

atic

al o

pera

tions

, po

lyno

mia

l op

erat

ion,

dat

a an

alys

is a

nd c

urve

fitti

ng, f

ile I/

O fu

nctio

ns. B

asic

2D

an

d 3D

plo

ts.

5.2.

M

-file

pr

ogra

mm

ing

&

debu

ggin

g;

scrip

ts,

func

tions

, lo

gic

oper

atio

ns, f

low

con

trol,

intro

duct

ion

to g

raph

ical

use

r int

erfa

ce.

AI - 43

Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

The

teac

hing

and

lea

rnin

g m

etho

ds i

nclu

de l

ectu

res,

wor

ksho

p tu

toria

ls,

and

prac

tical

wor

ks. T

he le

ctur

es a

re a

imed

at p

rovi

ding

stu

dent

s w

ith a

n ov

eral

l and

co

ncre

te

back

grou

nd

know

ledg

e re

quire

d fo

r un

ders

tand

ing

key

issu

es

in

engi

neer

ing

com

mun

icat

ion,

us

e of

st

anda

rd

engi

neer

ing

com

pone

nts

and

syst

ems,

and

impo

rtanc

e of

indu

stria

l saf

ety.

The

wor

ksho

p tu

toria

ls a

re a

imed

at

enha

ncin

g st

uden

ts’

in-d

epth

kno

wle

dge

and

abili

ty i

n ap

plyi

ng t

he k

now

ledg

e an

d sk

ills

to c

ompl

ete

spec

ific

task

s. Th

e pr

actic

al w

orks

aim

at

faci

litat

ing

stud

ents

to

revi

ew t

he d

iver

se t

opic

s co

vere

d in

thi

s co

urse

and

per

form

act

ive

lear

ning

with

res

earc

h, p

ract

ice,

que

stio

ning

, an

d pr

oble

m s

olvi

ng i

n a

unifi

ed

activ

ity.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

A

sses

smen

t Met

hods

%

Wei

ghtin

g

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g

Out

com

es A

sses

sed

a b

c d

e

Con

tinuo

us A

sses

smen

t

1. A

ssig

nmen

t /

Proj

ect

Ref

er to

in

divi

dual

M

odul

e D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

2. T

est

3. R

epor

t / L

ogbo

ok

Tota

l 10

0%

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

Rem

arks

1. A

ssig

nmen

t /

Proj

ect

The

proj

ect

is d

esig

ned

to f

acili

tate

stu

dent

s to

ref

lect

an

d ap

ply

the

know

ledg

e pe

riodi

cally

thr

ough

out

the

train

ing.

2. T

est

Test

is

desi

gned

to

faci

litat

e st

uden

ts t

o re

view

the

br

eadt

h an

d de

pth

of t

heir

unde

rsta

ndin

g on

spe

cific

to

pics

.

3. R

epor

t / L

ogbo

ok

Rep

ort

/ Lo

gboo

k is

des

igne

d to

fac

ilita

te s

tude

nts

to

acqu

ire d

eep

unde

rsta

ndin

g on

the

topi

cs o

f the

trai

ning

an

d to

pre

sent

thos

e co

ncep

ts c

lear

ly.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d C

lass

Con

tact

TM

8057

TM

2009

TM

1116

TM

0510

TM

3014

M

ini-l

ectu

re

12 H

rs.

7 H

rs.

3 H

rs.

6 H

rs.

6 H

rs.

In

-cla

ss

Ass

ignm

ent/

Han

ds-o

n Pr

actic

e

36 H

rs.

8 H

rs.

6 H

rs.

24 H

rs.

12 H

rs.

Oth

er S

tudy

Eff

ort

N

il

Tota

l Stu

dy E

ffor

t 12

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s R

efer

ence

Sof

twar

e L

ist:

1.

Aut

oCA

D fr

om A

utod

esk

Inc.

2.

Solid

Wor

ks fr

om D

assa

ult S

ystè

mes

Sol

idw

orks

Cor

p.

3.

MA

TLA

B fr

om T

he M

athw

orks

Inc.

Ref

eren

ce S

tand

ards

and

Han

dboo

ks:

1.

BS8

888

Tech

nica

l Pro

duct

Spe

cific

atio

n (T

PS) S

peci

ficat

ion.

2.

Cec

il H

. Jen

sen,

et a

l, En

gine

erin

g D

raw

ing

and

Des

ign,

McG

raw

-Hill

, 200

8.

3.

War

rend

ale,

SA

E fa

sten

er

stan

dard

s m

anua

l, So

ciet

y of

A

utom

otiv

e En

gine

ers,

1997

.

4.

Tim

othy

H W

entz

ell,

et a

l, M

achi

ne D

esig

n, D

elm

ar L

earn

ing,

200

4.

5.

Cze

rnik

, Dan

iel,

Gas

kets

: Des

ign,

Sel

ectio

n, a

nd T

estin

g, M

cGra

w-H

ill, 1

995.

6.

Mic

hael

M. K

hons

ari,

E. R

icha

rd B

oose

r, A

pplie

d Tr

ibol

ogy:

Bea

ring

Des

ign

and

Lubr

icat

ion,

Wile

y-In

ters

cien

ce, 2

001.

7.

IEEE

Sta

ndar

d 31

5 / A

NSI

Y32

.2 /

CSA

Z99

Gra

phic

Sym

bols

for E

lect

rical

an

d El

ectro

nics

Dia

gram

s.

8.

IEC

610

82 P

repa

ratio

n of

Doc

umen

ts u

sed

in E

lect

rote

chno

logy

.

Ref

eren

ce B

ooks

:

Trai

ning

mat

eria

l, m

anua

l and

arti

cles

pub

lishe

d by

Indu

stria

l Cen

tre.

AI - 44

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

IC21

12

Subj

ect T

itle

IC T

rain

ing

I (EE

)

Cre

dit V

alue

4

Trai

ning

Cre

dits

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

1)

To p

rovi

de t

rain

ees

with

sim

ulat

ed w

orki

ng e

nviro

nmen

ts a

nd t

rain

ing

of

indu

stria

l pra

ctic

es in

Ele

ctric

al E

ngin

eerin

g.

2)

This

sub

ject

cov

ers

a w

ide

rang

e of

fun

dam

enta

l el

ectri

cal

engi

neer

ing

appl

icat

ion

tech

nolo

gy t

hat

incl

udin

g el

ectri

cal

inst

alla

tion

prac

tice,

lig

htin

g an

d el

ectri

cal s

yste

m d

esig

n, L

V s

witc

hboa

rd a

nd p

ower

mon

itorin

g, in

tegr

al

build

ing

syst

em a

nd b

asic

ele

ctro

nic

prac

tice.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

a)

iden

tify

rele

vant

eng

inee

ring

theo

ries

and

prin

cipl

es a

nd t

o ap

ply

them

in

hand

s-on

trai

ning

exe

rcis

es to

det

erm

ine

syst

em fe

asib

ility

;

b)

com

pare

and

con

trast

con

cept

ual d

esig

n, d

evel

op a

ctua

l w

ork

sequ

ence

s an

d m

etho

ds fo

r var

ious

ele

ctric

al in

stal

latio

ns;

c)

unde

rtake

th

e de

sign

, co

nstru

ctio

n,

test

ing

and

com

mis

sion

ing

elec

trica

l di

strib

utio

n sy

stem

in

build

ings

on

the

basi

s of

rec

ogni

ze t

he e

ngin

eerin

g st

anda

rds,

regu

latio

ns a

nd p

ract

ices

;

d)

appl

y in

telli

gent

bui

ldin

g co

ntro

l te

chno

logy

eff

ectiv

ely

and

eval

uate

new

bu

ildin

g au

tom

atio

n/in

telli

gent

con

trol s

chem

es; a

nd

e)

appl

y th

eir k

now

ledg

e an

d sk

ills f

or sy

stem

ana

lysi

s.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

(TM

0367

) Lig

htin

g an

d El

ectri

cal S

yste

m D

esig

n

Inte

rior

light

ing

desi

gn

and

calc

ulat

ion;

da

ylig

ht

illum

inat

ion

cons

ider

atio

n;

lum

ens a

nd re

flect

ors;

T5,

T8

and

T11

lam

ps; e

nerg

y co

nser

vatio

n.

Intro

duct

ion

of l

ow-v

olta

ge p

ower

dis

tribu

tion

syst

em a

nd c

ode

of p

ract

ices

of

elec

trica

l de

sign

in

Hon

g K

ong;

exa

min

e ar

chite

ctur

al d

raw

ings

; de

sign

lig

htin

g an

d el

ectri

cal s

ervi

ces;

pre

pare

layo

ut d

raw

ings

and

sche

mat

ics.

(TM

0389

) Low

-vol

tage

Sw

itchb

oard

and

Pow

er M

onito

ring,

AC

Con

trol a

nd P

LC

Spec

ifica

tions

, st

anda

rds

and

requ

irem

ents

of

LV

switc

hboa

rd;

IDM

TL

and

elec

troni

c pr

otec

tion

rela

ys;

sche

mat

ic

diag

ram

, te

stin

g,

com

mis

sion

ing

and

mai

nten

ance

.

Pow

er m

onito

ring

and

anal

ysis

, noi

se a

nd h

arm

onic

s; a

ctiv

e fil

ters

and

rea

l-tim

e ca

paci

tor b

ank.

Intro

duct

ion

of p

rogr

amm

able

con

trolle

r sys

tem

s, se

nsor

s, ac

tuat

ors,

driv

es, t

imer

s, co

unte

rs, l

adde

r log

ic p

rogr

amm

ing

and

test

ing.

(TM

0383

) Int

egra

ted

Bui

ldin

g Sy

stem

s

Prop

rieta

ry a

nd o

pen

syst

ems (

BM

S, E

IB a

nd D

ALI

); se

nsor

s and

act

uato

rs; w

iring

ci

rcui

t, sc

enes

con

trol;

syst

em d

esig

n, p

rogr

amm

ing

and

com

mis

sion

ing;

inte

llige

nt

build

ing

syst

em in

tegr

atio

n.

(TM

0373

) Ele

ctric

al In

stal

latio

n an

d B

asic

Ele

ctro

nic

Prac

tice

Wiri

ng f

or c

onve

ntio

nal

low

vol

tage

ins

talla

tions

and

int

ellig

ent b

uild

ing

cont

rol

syst

ems

(EIB

and

DA

LI);

final

lig

htin

g an

d po

wer

circ

uits

, co

ntro

l ge

ars

and

prot

ectiv

e de

vice

s; in

spec

tion,

test

ing,

Iden

tific

atio

n of

ele

ctro

nic

circ

uit

com

pone

nts,

sold

erin

g an

d de

-sol

derin

g, D

ry

film

pro

cess

, Etc

hing

pro

cess

.

Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

The

teac

hing

and

lea

rnin

g m

etho

ds i

nclu

de l

ectu

res,

wor

ksho

p tu

toria

ls,

and

prac

tical

wor

ks to

con

vey

gene

ral p

rinci

ples

, tec

hniq

ues a

nd re

late

d te

chno

logi

es to

st

uden

ts.

Thei

r le

arni

ng k

now

ledg

e w

ill b

e st

reng

then

ed t

hrou

gh t

he p

ract

ical

ex

erci

ses

and

case

stu

dies

in

a pr

oble

m-b

ased

for

mat

for

the

dev

elop

men

t of

sy

stem

in

tegr

atio

n sk

ills,

and

to

effe

ctiv

ely

appl

y th

ose

on

real

w

orld

en

viro

nmen

ts.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

%

Wei

ghtin

g

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

A

sses

sed

a b

c d

e TM

0367

Lig

htin

g an

d El

ectri

cal

Syst

em D

esig

n

1. A

ssig

nmen

t 40

%

2. T

est

30%

3. T

rain

ing

Rep

ort

30%

Tota

l 10

0%

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

%

Wei

ghtin

g

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

A

sses

sed

a b

c d

e TM

0389

Low

-Vol

tage

Sw

itchb

oard

and

Pow

er

Mon

itorin

g, A

C C

ontro

l and

PLC

1. A

ssig

nmen

t 40

%

2. T

est

30%

3. T

rain

ing

Rep

ort

30%

Tota

l 10

0%

AI - 45

The

assi

gnm

ent i

s des

igne

d to

faci

litat

e st

uden

ts to

refle

ct a

nd a

pply

the

know

ledg

e pe

riodi

cally

thro

ugho

ut th

e tra

inin

g.

Test

is

desi

gned

to

faci

litat

e st

uden

ts t

o re

view

the

bre

adth

and

dep

th o

f th

eir

unde

rsta

ndin

g on

spec

ific

topi

cs.

Trai

ning

Rep

ort i

s des

igne

d to

faci

litat

e st

uden

ts to

acq

uire

dee

p un

ders

tand

ing

on

the

topi

cs o

f the

trai

ning

and

to p

rese

nt th

ose

conc

epts

cle

arly

.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

%

Wei

ghtin

g

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

A

sses

sed

a b

c d

e TM

0383

Inte

grat

ed B

uild

ing

Syst

ems

1. A

ssig

nmen

t 40

%

2. T

est

30%

3. T

rain

ing

Rep

ort

30%

Tota

l 10

0%

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

%

Wei

ghtin

g

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

A

sses

sed

a b

c d

e TM

0373

Ele

ctric

al In

stal

latio

n an

d B

asic

Ele

ctro

nic

Prac

tice

1. A

ssig

nmen

t 40

%

2. T

est

30%

3. T

rain

ing

Rep

ort

30%

Tota

l 10

0%

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Req

uire

d

Cla

ss C

onta

ct

Le

ctur

e / T

utor

ial /

Dem

onst

ratio

n 28

Hrs

.

W

orks

hop

Prac

tice

82 H

rs.

Te

st

2 H

rs.

Oth

er S

tudy

Eff

ort

N

il

Tota

l Stu

dy E

ffor

t 11

2 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s 1.

Tr

aini

ng m

ater

ial,

man

ual a

nd a

rticl

es p

ublis

hed

by th

e In

dust

rial C

entre

.

2.

EMSD

, Cod

e of

Pra

ctic

e fo

r the

Ele

ctric

ity (W

iring

) reg

ulat

ions

, 200

3 Ed

ition

.

3.

IEE

wiri

ng re

gula

tion,

16th

Edi

tion.

AI - 46

Documents

gineering 6 201 · THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2015-16 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 3 A 3 Curriculum The time-tabled student